Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 146

Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.

F-MPC60B series
User’s Manual

Multiple Function Protector and Meters


Type: UM43FG, UM43FD, UM42F, UM42C, UM4B

FEH850d
< Information >
The production of zero-phase potential input device (Type: ZPD-1) was discontinued in June 2007.
ZPD-2 is provided for alternative model.
Refer to operating instructions INB-F9613-JE of ZPD-2 for details.
In this manual, refer to section 8.

Picture of type: ZPD-2 (Part of package)

Insulator ×3

Transformer box

"Insulator", "transformer box", "cable" and "insulator mounting plate" are attached to type: ZPD-2.

< Apology and correction >


There were wrong descriptions in section 8 of manual FH850a.
Those descriptions were deleted in the manual (after FH850b).

Following items are not available.


・ Digital Multiple Function Relay with attachment (Z065)
・ 24VDC Wh pulse input type (Z046)
・ CT secondary current 1A combination product (Z053)

i
This manual is for F-MPC60B (UM4□ type).
UM4□ type has the function and performance of UM3, 2, 1 type. However, pole number and alignment etc. are slightly different
with refinement. Please be careful in using.

Safety Precautions
Here the safety precaution items are classified into “Warning” and “Caution”.

: Indicates a potentially dangerous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
! WARNING
: Indicates a potentially dangerous situation, which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury
! CAUTION and/or damage to the equipment.

Even some items indicated in ! CAUTION may also result in a serious accident.

Item to be especially careful is shown in followings. It is also shown in operating instructions by above symbol.

! WARNING
● Never touch any part of charged circuits as terminals and exposed metal portion while the power is turned ON. It may cause an
electric shock to the operator.
● Turn OFF the power before mounting, dismounting, wiring, maintaining or checking. Otherwise, electric shock, malfunction or
failure may occur.

! CAUTION

● Do not use one found damaged or deformed when unpacked, otherwise, failure or malfunction might be caused.

● Do not shock the product by dropping or tipping it over, otherwise, it might be damaged or troubled.

● Follow the directions of the operating instructions when mounting the product. If mounting is improper, the product might drop
or develop problems or malfunction.

● Use the rated voltage and current mentioned in the operating instructions and manual. Use beyond the rated values might cause
fire, malfunction or failure.
(Refer to section 3.3 for rated voltage and current.)

● Operate (keep) in the environment specified in the operating instructions and manual. High temperature, high humidity,
condensation, dust, corrosive gases, oil, organic solvents, excessive vibration or shock might cause electric shock, fire,
malfunction or failure.
(Refer to section 3.3 for environment specification.)

● Select a wire size to suit the applied voltage and carrying current, and carry out wiring according to the operating instructions
and manual. Poor wiring might cause fire.
(Refer to section 2.2 and subsequent reference for wire size and tightening torque.)

● Contaminants, wiring chips, iron powder or other foreign matter must not enter the device when installing it, otherwise,
malfunction or failure might occur.

● Periodically make sure the terminal screws and mounting screws are securely tightened. Operation at a loosened status might
cause fire or malfunction.

● Sufficiently make sure of safety before starting, stopping or anything else during a running. The wrong operation might break or
cause machine problems.
ii
● Install the furnished terminal cover on the terminal block. Otherwise, electric shock or fire might occur.

● Shut the power off when cleaning the unit and use a towel for cleaning and never use organic solvent such as thinner etc.
Otherwise, it might dissolve or discolor the surface of module.

● Do not remodel or disassemble the product. Otherwise, a failure might occur. In addition, it is unwarrantable.

● Follow the regulations of industrial wastes when the device is to be discarded.

[Accessories] Accessories furnished with this unit:


Name Quantity Remarks
Operating instructions 1 INA-F7597
Metal fittings for mounting, screw 2 M3.5×20
Key for key switch 1 Be sure to keep the key because it is needed for the maintenance after
operation is started.
Connector 1 set Receptacle housing type: 178289-7, Manufacturer: AMP, Quantity: 1
(Furnished to only the one with the output Receptacle contact type: 175218-2, Manufacturer: AMP, Quantity: 1
converter.)

< Reference >


♦ They are the symbol and meaning used by this manual.
Symbol Meaning Note
CB Circuit breaker -
CT Current transformer The secondary rated current of the CT used with this unit is 5A.
EVT Grounded type potential transformer -
F-MPC60B Series name of this product It can be connected for the RS485 signal wire equal to the unit of the
F-MPC series.
MN-signal Zero-phase voltage signal V0 which can be Zero-phase voltage signal V0 can be distributed to this unit (Max. 50
used at directional ground fault 67DG units) connected with MN-signal wire.
SW Switch -
VT The potential transformer -
ZCT The zero-phase-sequence current transformer Corresponding ZCT for 200mA/1.5A AC is used to combine with this
unit.
Refer to section 8.3.
ZPD The zero-phase potential input device Corresponding ZPD (Type: ZPD-1 or ZPD-2) is used to combine with
this unit.
ZPD-1 or The zero-phase potential input device Used to combine with this unit.
ZPD-2 (Manufactured: Fuji Electric FA Refer to section 8.1.
Components & Systems Co.,LTD.)

♦ The difference of the symbol in this manual: FEH850 and Japanese manual:FH850
Meaning The symbol in this manual: FEH850 The symbol in Japanese manual: FH850
Phase A, B, C U, V, W
R, S, T
Current Ia, Ib, Ic IR, IS, IT
Voltage Va, Vb, Vc VU, VV, VW
Vab, Vbc, Vca VUV, VVW, VWU

This unit can't be used according to 16th of Measurement Act as the meter for ratable distribution of electric power
charge.

iii
Revision History

*This manual number is written on the lower right of the cover.


Date Manual Main revision contents Product version
number *
July 2007 FEH850b This manual was translated into English from "manual FH850j of V0 – V6, V6A
Japanese".
November 2010 FEH850c This manual was translated into English from "manual FH850q of V8
Japanese".
February 2012 FEH850d This manual was translated into English from "manual FH850r of V8A
Japanese".
♦ The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice.

<Reference>
♦ There are part of different descriptions in this manual to contents of F-MPC60B series of EH821e.
History of catalog EH821 → EH821a → EH821b → EH821c → EH821d → EH821e
March 2002 October 2002 June 2004 September 2005 April 2007 June 2008

♦ This manual has described "version V8" of next type.


F-MPC60B series Current version (January 2012) (Note1)
Receiving unit Version V1 → (abbreviation) → V8A
Type: UM42F-E5□□ August 2000
Feeder unit Version V1 → (abbreviation) → V8A
Type: UM42C-E5□□ August 2000
Bus unit Version V1 → (abbreviation) → V8A
Type: UM4B-E□□ August 2000
Receiving unit Version V1 → (abbreviation) → V8A
Type: UM43FD-E5□□ August 2000
Receiving unit Version V1 → (abbreviation) → V8A
Type: UM43FG-E5□□ August 2000
Note1. In "Ser.No.(10digits)" of the manufacturing nameplate of F-MPC60B series, 2nd digit from right is "V", and 1st digit from right is
"version".

iv
Contents
Preface
Safety Precautions
Accessories name and quantity
Revision History
Contents

1. Notes on handling..............................................................................................................................................................1
2. Installing and wiring
2.1 Cutting a mounting hole and installing...................................................................................................................2
2.2 Wiring........................................................................................................................................................................2
2.3 Grounding..................................................................................................................................................................3
2.4 Wiring of the communication line...........................................................................................................................4
2.5 Terminal arrangements.............................................................................................................................................5
2.6 External wiring diagram for each model ................................................................................................................10
3. Specifications
3.1 Model list...................................................................................................................................................................17
3.2 Type ...........................................................................................................................................................................18
3.3 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................18
3.4 Dimensions................................................................................................................................................................28
4. Operation and handling
4.1 Names of controls on front panel and their functions............................................................................................29
4.2 Operation and selection of the key switch..............................................................................................................30
4.3 Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data...........................................................................30
4.4 Operation in normal state .........................................................................................................................................31
4.5 Reset method of the measurement history maximum/minimum integrated value.............................................33
4.6 Operation in the sequence test .................................................................................................................................34
5. Type and functions of external input/output
5.1 Type and functions of external input.......................................................................................................................36
5.2 Setting of external input ...........................................................................................................................................38
5.3 Type and functions of external output.....................................................................................................................38
5.4 Setting of external output .........................................................................................................................................39
5.5 Explanation about ON/OFF/trip output motion.....................................................................................................40
6. Relay action, action to equipment failure and reading of code display
6.1 Outline of the code display.......................................................................................................................................41
6.2 Reading of code display and action.........................................................................................................................41
6.3 Method of relay test..................................................................................................................................................42
7. Maintenance and inspection
7.1 Inspection items ........................................................................................................................................................43
7.2 Design Life................................................................................................................................................................43
8. Related products
8.1 Zero-phase potential input device............................................................................................................................45
8.2 AC power supply unit...............................................................................................................................................50
8.3 Zero-phase current transformer ...............................................................................................................................53

v
Appendix table
1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data ........................................................ Appendix table1-1
2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state .............................................................. Appendix table2-1
3. List of setting items ................................................................................................................................ Appendix table3-1
4. Relay unit test ............................................................................................................................................ Appendix table4-1
5. RS485 communication data .................................................................................................................. Appendix table5-1

Appendix figure
1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay ................................................................................... Appendix figure1-1
2. External connection diagrams
Operation place and propriety of the operation............................................................................ Appendix figure2-1
Application example 01 ................................................................................................................. Appendix figure2-2
Application example 02 ................................................................................................................. Appendix figure2-3
Application example 03 ................................................................................................................. Appendix figure2-4
Application example 04 ................................................................................................................. Appendix figure2-5
Application example 05 ................................................................................................................. Appendix figure2-6
Application example 06 (Application to single-phase)............................................................... Appendix figure2-7
3. Characteristics of DG relay and open-phase relay ............................................................................ Appendix figure3-1
4. OC/OL selection operation.................................................................................................................. Appendix figure4-1
Characteristics in selecting OL (Example)......................................................................................... Appendix figure4-1
Protective sequence (Example)........................................................................................................... Appendix figure4-2

FAQ. Frequently Asked Question ...................................................................................................................................... FAQ1

vi
F-MPC60B 1. Notes on handling

1. Notes on handling
In using AC power supply, the function of protection can operate if it is within about 200ms after electrical power
failure. Therefore, the function of protection 50 (INST) can operate even if control power supply voltage drops
simultaneously with occurrence of short-circuit current by short-circuit fault at close range etc. It is not necessary to
combine with AC power supply unit (Type: UM2P-A1).
Trip output can’t operate because of control power supply voltage drops by electrical power failure, when the
function of protection 27 (UV) is set over 200ms. Consider using AC power supply unit (refer to section 8.2) or UPS
system (commercially-available product).
The function of protection 27 (under voltage) becomes effective after about 500ms, after the control source is
supplied.
(1) Attention in drawing connection diagram, installation and wiring
As for the zero-phase current detection, UM43F type is the product for the 3CT residual circuit (or CT with the
tertiary coiled line). UM42F/C type is product for ZCT (200AC/1.5mA). Use this product in appropriate purpose.
This unit can be applied with both of EVT and ZPD. It is employed by the position of the connection terminal. If
signal voltage is applied under the wrong connection condition, the internal of the unit may burn. Therefore, be
careful not to connect incorrectly.
Use ZPD-2 (manufactured by Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,LTD.) as a combination zero-phase
potential device when using ZPD. Otherwise, it may cause a trouble or not displaying its full capability. (ZPD-1 is
discontinued model. ZPD-1 is switched over to ZPD-2.)
A device failure output is outputted to the contact point. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition.
When an error occurs, it becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag
occurs until the contact point opens after turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when
programming external sequence. (Refer to section 2-6.)
Feeder unit can be applied beside the three-phase by selecting setting to the single-phase. When using it with the
single-phase, use it by the A-phase current-Vab (CT-VT) or C-phase current-Vca (CT-VT) in principle. (Wiring is
the same as the three-phase so that deletes one side.) (Refer to application example 06 of appendix figure02.)
Set "Trip coil breakage watch function" to "NO" by the setting when the trip coil breakage watch function is no
used.
External connectors (accessory) of this unit equipped with the converter output is RECEPTACLE HOUSING
(Type: 178289-7 (manufacturer: AMP)), RECEPTACLE CONTACT (Type: 175218-2 (manufacturer: AMP)).
Use special hand-operated tools as follows for connection process. (CERTI-CRIMP II Type: 91558-1,
manufacturer: Tyco Electronics)
In input/output contact, function is selectable by the setting, and corresponding to usage is possible. Refer to
section 5 for type and function.
Because it is a connector-type terminal block, the terminal block can be removed or installed with mounting
screws placed on the both side of terminal. Fasten (or loosen) both side of mounting screws with repeating
alternately one after another when removing and installing. When one side of the screw is fastened (or loosened)
excessively, the terminal block may be damaged.
One phase voltage (Vca) may be displayed as different value to other 2-phase when order of phase voltage A, B
and C are incorrect wiring.
(2) Attention in the setting
The applicable circuit frequency of this device is 50Hz or 60Hz of the selectable system. Set up the rated
frequency of the applicable circuit properly.
During setting, frequency isn’t effective without turning the control power supply OFF and ON. Turn OFF and ON
the control power supply once when frequency setting is changed.
Lock an open-phase and phase opposition relay when using as the unit single-phase.
(3) Attention in board shipping
Tape a front cover door to prevent opening the door by the excessive vibration during loading or transporting.
(The product is confirmed by JEC 2500 that there is no withstand vibration problem.)
(4) Others
About the OC relay function
When an external CT is used as 2CT, use the A-phase/C-phase on CT and input CT secondary composition
(common line) to the B-phase. Even if this unit faces the unbalance load of the three-phase circuit, it has the
over-load protection function of the S-phase by 2CT.
However, by this (the position of the test terminal), when a single-phase relay examination was done respectively
in the relay examination of the A-phase or the C-phase, the B-phase may be activated.
About the effective electric power quantity loading value
Loading values are saved at power failure. However, when the setting of the VT/CT ratio is changed, it is reset in
the initial value (0).
Remove the protective label after wiring. If protective label isn't removed, internal temperature is likely to rise and
F-MPC60B-1
F-MPC60B 1. Notes on handling

an error may occur, and life expectancy of the unit will be short.

F-MPC60B-2
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2. Installing and wiring


2.1 Cutting a mounting hole and installing
Install the relay mounting panel cut by referring to section 3.4 “Dimensions” for the top of the unit to be
horizontal.
There is a ventilation hole on top and bottom of the case. If the ventilation hole is blocked, internal
temperature is likely to rise and an error may occur, and life expectancy of the unit is will be short.
Therefore, leave space more than 10cm when installing a device on top and bottom.

2.2 Wiring
Wiring to the F-MPC60B type is mostly classified as follows. Give careful consideration not to have
crowded contact respectively.

Classification Name
Communication line, Communication (RS485, T-link) cable, MN signal line, Transducer (4-20mA, kW pulse) output line
Signal line
Control line, Control power supply line, VT·CT secondary line, Input and output line,
Grounding CB ON·CB OFF·Trip line, Grounding

(Example (separated wiring))

Control line
Communication line
Signal line Grounding

(1) Communication line, Signal line


・ Use KPEV-SB (0.5mm2), CPEV-SB (φ0.9) or equivalent item for the communication cable of RS-485,
and use T-KPEV-SB (1.25mm2) or equivalent item for the communication cable of T-link. Connect a
shielding wire to the SD (SG) terminal (terminal block A No.2).
Leave a wiring route from the high voltage devices and the power line (cable) as far as possible.
When wiring, separate from the electric wire which has a CB control line or excess power line. Do
not branch the communication cable. Connect a terminating resistor on both ends of the
communication cable. If this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication line, short-circuit No.3
and No.5 of terminal block A. A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in.
・ Make a communication cable transmit distance 700m or less of total length with T-link and 1,000m or
less of total length with RS485. (T-link transmit distance varies in the type of the cable. Refer to
section 3.3(8).)
・ Use a twisted cable of 0.5 to 2.0mm2 for MN-signal line. An electric wire is surely twisted when a
general insulation electric wire is used. (Twist standard: 50mm/pitch or less)
Total length of the signal line must be 100m or less though branching of the MN-signal line can be
done freely, and the number of connections of the feeder unit is 50 units or less.
・ Use a twisted cable for transducer output.

(2) Control line, Grounding


・ Shorten wiring of the control power supply as much as possible and do not connect parallel to a load
which generate noises easily.
・ Use a twisted cable on a ZCT secondary line, a ZPD secondary line.
・ The ground terminal (FG) should be wired to grounding.
・ The grounding of each unit should be wire individually to a grounding bus and so on. (Refer to
section 2.3.)

F-MPC60B-2
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

(3) Terminal block (between the boards)


・ Divide the arrangement of the terminal block as the following figure, and arrange it.
Between the boards (Example)

CB line
(ON, OFF, Trip)

Control line
Input/Output line

VT/CT
secondary/tertiary line
ZPD secondary line

(4) Others
・ Connect cables after tidying them up on the board side and prevent stress from being applied to the
terminal block.
・ Terminal screw is M3.5. Fasten it by the proper torque. (Recommendation torque: 0.8Nm)
・ Tightening torque to fix it on the body by metal fittings is approx.0.8Nm.
・ Use an attach crimp terminals which conforms to the electric wire size. Confirm that there is no
looseness in the terminal after tightening.
・ Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact
point capacity.

2.3 Grounding
Example of grounding in the board is shown in the following.

(Board)

DS VT

CB
LA F-MPC60B F-MPC60B
CT

(Bus for grounding)

EA
EA Individual grounding is required. ED

Note) Separate grounding is necessary when there is a device which generates high frequency noise such as an inverter.

F-MPC60B-3
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.4 Wiring of the communication line


Example of communication line (RS485, T-link) in the board is shown in the following.

Direct wiring (No using terminal block)

F-MPC60B F-MPC60B Terminal between the boards

External terminal

Bus for grounding


F-MPC60B F-MPC60B F-MPC60B

From board

To personal computer etc.

Note) Wiring of communication line doesn’t penetrate room of main-circuit equipment and breakers.

F-MPC60B-4
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.5 Terminal arrangements


Because it is a connector-type terminal block, the terminal block can be removed or installed with mounting
screws placed on the both side of terminal. Fasten (or loosen) both side of mounting screws with repeating
alternately one after another when removing and installing. When one side of the screw is fastened (or
loosened) excessively, the terminal block may damage.
Terminal blocks are 2 composition of 30-pole (A line) and (B line).

2.5.1 Bus unit: UM4B


30-pole terminal block 30-pole terminal block
(A line) Connector for transducer output (B line)
T-LINK
RS485 (Only unit with the converter output)
A A B

B
SOURCE
P
T1 DXA 1 1
CH4(+) CH3(+) CH2(+) CH1(+)
CH4(-) CH3(-) CH2(-) CH1(-)

N Internal circuit
SD SG 2 2
1
FG
T2 DXB 3 3
COM (N)
4 4
Input1
M 5 5
2

Input2
N 6 6

Input detection circuit


Input3
7 7
Input4
8 8
3

Input5
A 9 9
Input6
B 10 10
C 11 11
4

12 12
13 13
N.C.

N.C.

14 14
5

15 15
Output1
16 16
N.C.

N.C.

Output2
17 17
6

Output3
18 18
Output4
19 19
N.C.

N.C.

Output5
20 20
7

21 21
22 22
N.C.

N.C.

23 23
8

Alarm
24 24
COM
25 25
26 26
f
EVT a 27 27
Y1
ZPD Y2 28 28
29 29
30 30

Note) Output signal is common on minus side

Notes on connecting the line A terminal block


(1) If this unit is equipped with the communication function (RS485, T-link) and it is the end (terminal) of the communication line,
shorten circuit between terminal No.3 and No.5.
(Terminating resistor 100Ω is built-in)
(2) Terminals with shaded circle as is a N.C (no-connection) terminal. Do not connect anything.
(3) When using EVT, connect a EVT signal to terminal No.27 (f) and 29 (a). Then shorten circuit between terminal No.28 and
No.30.
(4) When using ZPD, connect a ZPD signal to terminal No.28 (Y1) and 29 (Y2).

F-MPC60B-5
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.5.2 Feeder unit: UM42C


30-pole terminal block 30-pole terminal block
(A line) Connector for transducer output (B line)
T-link
RS485 (Only unit with the converter output)
A SOURCE B

B
P
T1 DXA 1 1

CH6(+) CH5(+) CH4(+) CH3(+) CH2(+) CH1(+)


N

CH6(-) CH5(-) CH4(-) CH3(-) CH2(-) CH1(-)


Internal circuit
SD SG 2 2

1
FG
T2 DXB 3 3
COM (N)
(J.P.) 4 4
Input1
Only DG product has MN-signal. M 5 5

2
N Input2
6 6

Input detection circuit


Input3
Wh pulse output(+) 7 7
Wh pulse output(-) Input4
8 8

3
Input5
A 9 9
Input6
B 10 10
Input7
C 11 11

4
Input8
k 12 12
CB 52a
Ia l 13 13
14 14 TC disconnect monitor

5
15 15
Output1
k 16 16
Output2
Ib l 17 17
6

Output3
18 18
Output4
19 19
Output5
N.C.

N.C.

k 20 20
7

Output6
Ic l 21 21
Output7
22 22
Output8
N.C.

N.C.

23 23
8

Alarm
k 24 24
COM
I0 l 25 25
Close
26 26
27 27
Open
28 28
Trip
29 29
30 30

Note) Output signal is common on minus side.

Notes on connecting the line A terminal block


(1) If this unit is equipped with the communication function (RS485, T-link) and it is the end (terminal) of the communication line,
shorten circuit between terminal No.3 and No.5.
(Terminating resistor 100Ω is built-in)
(2) Terminals with shaded circle as is a N.C (no-connection) terminal. Do not connect anything.

(Wiring of CT, ZCT)


[Wiring of external 2CT] [Wiring of external 3CT]
A B C A B C
UM42C / 42F UM43F
(A line) (A line)
k k
13, 15 13, 15
l l
14, 16 14, 16
k 21, 23 k 21, 23
K l l
22, 24 22, 24
L k k
17, 19 17, 19
K
l 18, 20 l 18, 20
L
25 25

26 26
ZCT

Note) Fasten the short bars of A line terminal No.13 to No.24 with the terminal screws securely.

F-MPC60B-6
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.5.3 Receiving unit: UM4□F


In the 30-pole terminal block (A line), the existence of the connection of EVT is different in "OCG" and "DG".

30-pole terminal block 30-pole terminal block


(A line) (B line)
OCG(UM43FG) DG(UM43FD,UM42F) (OCG, DG are the same)
T-link T-link
RS485 RS485 Connector for transducer output
A A (Only unit with the converter output) SOURCE B
P
T1 DXA 1 T1 DXA 1 1

B
N Internal circuit
SD SG 2 SD SG 2 2
FG

CH6(+) CH5(+) CH4(+) CH3(+) CH2(+) CH1(+)


CH6(-) CH5(-) CH4(-) CH3(-) CH2(-) CH1(-)
T2 DXB 3 T2 DXB 3 3
COM (N)

1
4 4 4 Input1
5
5 M 5 Input2
6

Input detection circuit


6 N 6 Input3
7

2
Wh pulse output(+) 7 Wh pulse output(+) 7 Input4
8
Wh pulse output(-) Wh pulse output(-) Input5
8 8 9
Input6
A 9 A 9 10 Input7

3
B 10 V 10 11
Input8
C 11 C 11 12 CB 52a
12 12 13
TC disconnect monitor

4
14
Ia k 13 Ia k 13
l l 15 Output1
14 14
16
15 15 Output2
17

5
16 16 Output3
k
18 Output4
Ib 17 Ib k 17 19
l l Output5
18 18 20 Output6
6

19 19 21
Output7
20 20 22
Output8
Ic k Ic k
N.C.

N.C.

21 21 23 Alarm
7

l 22 l 24
22 COM
25
23 23 Close
26
N.C.

N.C.

24 24 27
8

k
I0 25 I0 k 25 28
Open
l l Trip
26 26 29
f
27 EVT a 27 30
Y1
28 ZPD Y2 28
29 29
30 30
Note) Output signal is common on minus side.

Notes on connecting the line A terminal block


(1) If this unit is equipped with the communication function (RS485, T-link) and it is the end (terminal) of the communication line,
shorten circuit between terminal No.3 and No.5.
(Terminating resistor 100Ω is built-in)
(2) Terminals with shaded circle as is a N.C (no-connection) terminal. Do not connect anything.
(3) When using EVT (DG product), connect a EVT signal to terminal No.27 (f) and 29 (a). Then shorten circuit between terminal
No.28 and No.30.
(4) When using ZPD (DG product), connect a ZPD signal to terminal No.28 (Y1) and 29 (Y2).

F-MPC60B-7
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.5.4 Wiring of MN-signal


Example of use of “function of ground fault protection relay (67DG)” is shown in figure 2.5.4-1 and figure 2.5.4-2.

Figure 2.5.4-1 shows that only receiving unit is used.


Type: ZPD-1 or ZPD-2 (zero-phase voltage reference input unit) is connected to No.28 and No.29 of terminal block A.
No.4 (M) and No.6 (N) of terminal block A for MN-signal are no-connection.
Figure 2.5.4-1: Example of use of “function of ground fault protection relay (67DG)”
Type: ZPD-1 or A-28
Type: ZPD-2 Receiving
Receiving unit:unit:
UM42FUM42F
(The zero-phase reference input equipment) A-29
(As value of
As value of setting-code
setting-code No.35,
No.35, 67DG
67DG isis set.
set.)
A-25 (Asvalue
As valueofofsetting-code
setting-codeNo.53,
No.53,ZPD
ZPDisisset.
set.)

ZCT A-26
M(A-4) N(A-6)

Figure 2.5.4-2 shows that receiving unit and feeder unit are used in combination.
MN-signal (V0) is output from receiving unit (NO.1) to feeder unit (NO.2 and NO.3). Wiring is as follows.
In feeder unit (NO.2 and No.3) which doesn't connect type ZPD-1 or ZPD-2, No.28 and No.29 of terminal block A is
no-connection.
No.4 (M) and No.6 (N) of terminal block A for MN-signal are connected to MN-signal line. Wiring is connected from
NO.1 (receiving unit) to NO.2 (feeder unit), and NO.2 to NO.3 (feeder unit).
Figure 2.5.4-2: Example of use of “function of ground fault protection relay (67DG)” (Distribution of MN-signal)

Type: ZPD-1 or A-28 Receiving


Receivingunit:unit:
UM42FUM42F NO.1
(NO.1)
Type: ZPD-2 (As value
(As value of
of setting-code
setting-code No.53,
No.53, ZPD
ZPD isis set.)
set.)
(The zero-phase reference input equipment) A-29
M(A-4) N(A-6)

MN-signal

Feeder unit: UM42C (NO.2)


N.C. A-28 M(A-4)

N.C. A-29 N(A-6)

A-25
ZCT
A-26
MN-signal

Feeder unit: UM42C (NO.3)


N.C. A-28 M(A-4) Method for checking of MN-signal:
Using circuit tester
N.C. A-29 N(A-6) MN-signal is measured in the DC range.
(Terminal "M" is positive.)
A-25 ・ Normal : 12VDC
ZCT ・ Detection of OVG : 6-12VDC
A-26 ・ Disconnection or short-circuit : 0V
・ Reverse connection : Negative value

Combination ZCT is given using the next. Refer to section 8.3.


200mA/1.5mAAC (JEC-1201) (Manufactured: Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,LTD.)
ZCE□A/□ 200A to 3000A, ZCED□/□ 200 to 1500A
About Type: ZPD-1 and ZPD-2 (zero-phase voltage reference input unit), refer to section 8.
Note) ZPD-1 is discontinued model. ZPD-1 is switched over to ZPD-2.

F-MPC60B-8
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.5.5 Signal name of the connector for “transducer output 4-20mA (acceptable load: 270Ω or less)”
(Example. Type: UM42F-E5A)
A B
1 CH1(-) CH1(+)
2 CH2(-) CH2(+)
3 CH3(-) CH3(+)
4 CH4(-) CH4(+)
5 CH5(-) CH5(+)
6 CH6(-) CH6(+)
7 NC NC
8 NC NC
Note) Output signal is common on minus side.
NC means no-connection. Do not connect anything.

1) Accessory connector of this unit (Type: UM42F-E5A)

#1: Receptacle housing


Type : 178289-7
Manufacturer : AMP
Quantity : 1

#2: Receptacle contact


Type : 175218-2
Manufacturer : AMP
Quantity : 16
2) Applicable wire
Table 1: Electric wire size / Trunking diameter / Length of stripping
Electric wire size Trunking diameter Length of stripping wire
AWG mm2 (mm) (mm)
20 0.50
φ1.80-2.80
18 0.85 3.8-4.8
16 1.25 φ2.20-2.80

3) Hand-operated crimp tool (In September 2010)


Use the following tool for wire jointing of "transducer output 4-20mA".
Please purchase by you, because the crimp tool is not an accessory.
Manufacturer : Tyco electronics Amplifier Co.,Ltd. (TEL 044-900-5026)
Product name : CERTI-CRIMP II
Type : 91558-1
The existing crimp tool (Name: Dynamic-3000(L), Type: 919602-1, Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics Amplifier) can be
still used, because the connector was not changed.
Refer to the manual: 408-8547-1 of “CERTI-CIMPT II of Tyco Electronics” for usage of 91558-1. Pressure bonding
height in the wire-coating division is adjusted by "the wire-coating adjustment knob".
Usage of “919602-1” is as follows.
・ Select 18-20 or 16 of symbol of the crimp tool. (Symbol of tool was marked in side which there is character of
"D-3C")
・ Set "#2 receptacle connector".
・ Connect "#2 receptacle connector" to the electric wire.
“Tyco, AMP, CERTI-CRIMP” is a trademark of “Tyco Electronics Amplifier Co.,Ltd.”.

F-MPC60B-9
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

2.6 External wiring diagram for each model (Example of basic wiring)
Receiving unit: UM43FG (3-CT type) 1/2

A
B From the VT secondary
C

A
B
C
Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter

T.Tm
CB RS485 (E5R, E5A)
or
T-link (E5T)
T.Tm 9 10 11 29 27 28 30
13 Terminal block A B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15
14
K 16 + - + - + - + - + - + - Terminal block A
3×CT 17
19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
L 18 1
20 DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA
21 (Only E5A product) Terminator 3
23 Transducer 100Ω 2
22 Connector
Residual circuit 24
system 25

ED 26
F-MPC60B Terminating resistor is built-in.
5

7 4

8
Wh pulse output 6
Counter
TC disconnect
monitor

TerminalblockA Input detect circuit


Output 1
Output 2

Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
Open

Output 3
Close

Power supply

Alarm
(The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation.
Trip

ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)

1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4

Terminal blockB

52a exclusive
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
ED
Lock for P-Power

STOP
Emergency
Trip lock

The charge interlock


Note)
In the use in the DC power supply,
connect the input common terminal
(terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
CC TC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 T
with the N side.
CB
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-8 and output 1-8, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) Output of "Close, Open, Trip, and Alarm" and input of ""52a the answerback signal of CB ON" and "TC detect monitor"" are
specific function.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specifications.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
(7) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to P side of
controller power supply.

F-MPC60B-10
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Receiving unit: UM43FG (3-CT type) 2/2

A
B From the VT secondary
C

A
B
C
Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter
T.Tm
CB RS485 (E5R, E5A)
or
T-link (E5T)
T.Tm 9 10 11 29 27 28 30
13 Terminal block A B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15
14
K K K 16 + - + - + - + - + - + - Terminal block A
17
3×CT 19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
L L 1
L 18
DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA
ED 20
21
Transducer
(Only E5A product) Terminator
3
23 100Ω 2
22 Connector
24
25
g 26
F-MPC60B (Terminating resistor is built-in) 5
3×CT 7 4
h ED Wh pulse output 6
8
Counter
TC disconnect
monitor

Terminal Power
Input detect circuit
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
CT tertiary winding
Closse

blockA supply

Alarm
Trip
Open

(The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation.


system ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)

Terminal 1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4
blockB

52a exclusive
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
Lock for P-Power

ED
STOP
Emergency
Trip lock

The charge interlock

Note)
In the use in the DC power supply,
connect the input common terminal
CC TC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 T (terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
CB
with the N side.
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-8 and output 1-8, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) Output of "Close, Open, Trip, and Alarm" and input of ""52a the answerback signal of CB ON" and "TC detect monitor"" are
specific function.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specification.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
(7) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to P side of
controller power supply.

F-MPC60B-11
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Receiving unit: UM43FD (3-CT type)

A
B
C
EVT
EA
A
B
C ED
A B C a f Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter
T.Tm CLR
CB RS485 (E5R, E5A)
or
T-link (E5T)
T.Tm 9 10 11 29 27 28 30
13 Terminal block A B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15
14
K 16 + - + - + - + - + - + -
TerminalblockA
17
3×CT 19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
L 18 1
20 DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA
3
21 (Only E5A product) Terminator
Transducer 2
ED 23
22 Connector 100Ω
24
25
26
F-MPC60B Terminating resistor is built-in. 5

7 4 M
Output To each feeder unit
Wh pulse output Vo 6 N
Counter 8
TC disconnect

Power
monitor

Terminal Input detect circuit (Connection unit:


Output1
Output2
Output3
Output4
Output5
Output6
Output7
Output8
blockA supply
Close

Alarm
Open

Max.50 units)
Trip

(The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation.


ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)
Terminal 1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4
blockB

52a exclusive
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
ED
Lock for P-Power

Emergency
Trip lock
STOP

The charge interlock

Note)
In the use in the DC power supply,
connect the input common terminal
CC TC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 T
CB (terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
with the N side.
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-8 and output 1-8, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) Output of "Close, Open, Trip, and Alarm" and input of ""52a the answerback signal of CB ON" and "TC detect monitor"" are
specific function.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specification.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) When using EVT, connect a EVT signal to terminal No.27 (f) and 29 (a). Then shorten circuit between terminal No.28 and
No.30.
(7) When using ZPD, connect a ZPD signal to terminal No.28 (Y1) and 29 (Y2).
(8) Use a twisted cable (or twisted standard wire) for MN-signal line or V0.
(9) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
(10) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to P side of
controller power supply.

F-MPC60B-12
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Receiving unit: UM42F (2-CT type)

A ToR,S,T
B Y1
C
EVT Example)
Y2 ZPD-1 ZPD-1 is used for detection of zero-phase voltage.
EA ED (ZPD-1: zero-phase voltage reference input unit)
A
TerminalblockA
B
C ED 29 27 28 30
EA
A B C a f Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter

T.Tm CLR
CB RS485 (E5R, E5A)
or
T.Tm T-link (E5T)
9 10 11 29 27 28 30
13 Terminal block A B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15
14
16 Terminal block A
K 17 + - + - + - + - + - + -
2×CT 19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
18 1
L ED 20 DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC420mA
Terminator 3
21 (Only E5A product)
23 Transducer 100Ω 2
22 Connector
24
K 25

ZCT L 26
F-MPC60B (Terminating resistor is built-in.)
5

200/1.5mA 7 4 M To each
ED Wh pulse output
Output
Vo 6 N feeder units
8
Counter
Connection for 3CT
TC disconnect

Terminal Power (Connection unit:


monitor

Output 4
Output 3

Output 6

Output 8
Input detect circuit
Output 5

Output 7
Output 2
Output 1

method is next. supply Max.50 units)

Alarm
blockA

Open
Close

(The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation.


Trip

F-MPC60B ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)

Terminal 1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4
T.Tm block B
13
15
14

52a exclusive
16

Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
17
19 ED
Lock for P-Power

STOP
Emergency

18
Triplock

20
21
K 23
3×CT 22
24
L
25 P
K ZCT 26
The charge interlock

L
Note)
200/1.5mA In the use in the DC power supply,
ED CC TC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 T
connect the input common terminal
CB (terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
with the N side.
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-8 and output 1-8, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) Output of "Close, Open, Trip, and Alarm" and input of ""52a the answerback signal of CB ON" and "TC detect monitor"" are
specific function.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specification.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) When using EVT, connect a EVT signal to terminal No.27 (f) and 29 (a). Then shorten circuit between terminal No.28 and
No.30.
(7) When using ZPD, connect a ZPD signal to terminal No.28 (Y1) and 29 (Y2).
(8) Use a twisted cable (or twisted standard wire) for MN-signal line or V0.
(9) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
(10) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to P side of
controller power supply.

F-MPC60B-13
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Feeder unit: UM42C (2-CT type)

A
B From the VT secondary
C

A
B
C
Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter
T.Tm
CB
RS485 (E5R, E5A)
or
T.Tm T-link (E5T)
9 10 11 29 27 28 30
13 B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15 Terminal block A
14
16 Terminal block A
K 17 + - + - + - + - + - + -
2×CT 19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6
L 18 1
20 DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA
ED 21
23 Transducer
Only E5A product) Terminator 3
100Ω 2
22 Connector
24
K 25

ZCT L 26
F-MPC60B (Terminating resistor is built-in.)
5

200/1.5mA
7
4
ED 8 Wh pulse output MN (Input)
6
Counter
TC disconnect

Connection for 3CT Power


monitor

Terminal N M

Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
Output 5
Output 1

Output 3
Output 2

Input detect circuit


Output 4

method is next. supply


Open
Close

Alarm
blockA
Trip

(The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation.


From “Receiving unit”
F-MPC60B ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)
or “Bus unit”
Terminal 1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4
T.Tm block B
13
15
14

52a exclusive
16
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Input 6
Input 7
Input 8
17
ED
Lock for P-Power

19
STOP
Emergency
Trip lock

18
20
21
K 23
3×CT 22
24
L
25 P

K ZCT 26 The charge interlock

L Note)
In the use in the DC power supply,
200/1.5mA
connect the input common terminal
ED CC
CB
TC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 T
(terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
with the N side.
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-8 and output 1-8, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) Output of "Close, Open, Trip, and Alarm" and input of ""52a the answerback signal of CB ON" and "TC detect monitor"" are
specific function.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specification.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) Use a twisted cable (or twisted standard wire) for MN-signal line or V0.
(7) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
(8) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to P side of
controller power supply.

F-MPC60B-14
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Bus unit: UM4B

A
B
C
EVT
EA

A B C a f
ED Meter Meter Meter Meter

T.Tm CLR
RS485 (ER, EA)
or
9 10 11 29 27 28 30
T-link (ET)
13 Terminal block A B1 A1 B2 A2 B3 A3 B4 A4 B5 A5 B6 A6
15
14
16 Terminal block A
17 + - + - + - + -
19 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
18 1
20 DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA DC4-20mA
21 (Only EA product)
Terminator 3
23 Transducer 100Ω 2
22 Connector
24
25
26 F-MPC60B (Terminating resistor is built-in.)
5

7 4 M To each
Output
Vo 6 N feeder unit
8
Terminal Power (Connection unit:
Output 3

Output 5
Output 4
Output 1

Output 2

Input detect circuit


blockA supply Alarm (The bi-direction photo-coupler insulation. Max.50 units)
ON current is about 4mA at 100VDC)
Terminal 1 2 3 26 27 30 28 29 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4
block B Input 1

Input 2

Input 3

Input 4

Input 5

Input 6
ED

Note)
In the use in the DC power supply,
connect the input common terminal
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 T
(terminal No.4 of terminal block B)
with the N side.
N
For alarm display: Use it for combination trip circuit etc.

Note:
(1) About input 1-6 and output 1-5, function type of input/output can be selected of the setup. Refer to section 5 for details.
(2) "Alarm" output can't be changed as shown in above figure.
(3) Alarm output is normally closed contact output. (In normal status, it is under the excitation condition. When an error occurs, it
becomes an excitation-less and closes contact points.) Therefore, about 100ms of lag occurs until the contact point opens after
turning power supply ON. Consider to set timer if necessary when programming external sequence.
(4) Combine it with the power relay surely, and use it when driving a load beyond the output contact point capacity. Refer to section
3.3(2) for external input and output specification.
(5) If this unit is provided with a communication function (RS485, T-link) and this unit is the end (terminal) of the communication
line, short-circuit No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A. (A terminating resistor 100Ω is built in) If this unit isn't the end (terminal)
of a communication line, don't connect No.3 and No.5 of terminal block A.
(6) When using EVT, connect a EVT signal to terminal No.27 (f) and 29 (a). Then shorten circuit between terminal No.28 and
No.30.
(7) When using ZPD, connect a ZPD signal to terminal No.28 (Y1) and 29 (Y2).
(8) Use a twisted cable (or twisted standard wire) for MN-signal line or V0.
(9) Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.

F-MPC60B-15
F-MPC60B 2. Installing and wiring

Example of wiring for combination of high-voltage vacuum circuit breaker VCB

ED

Note:
(1) In this example, only "TC disconnect monitor", "Trip output and Open output", "Capacitor unfastening power supply equipment"
and "wiring of high-voltage vacuum circuit breaker VCB" are shown.
(2) It is assumed that the receiving unit (Type UM42F) is used as F-MPC60B.
Above figure is described without part of terminals of F-MPC60B. Refer to foregoing figure (Receiving unit: UM42F (2-CT
type)) for details.
(3) Refer to the catalog EH747 (High-voltage vacuum circuit breaker MULTI·VCB) for High-voltage vacuum circuit breaker VCB
(4) "Capacitor unfastening power supply equipment" isn't included in VCB. Refer to the catalog EEH747 (High-voltage vacuum
circuit breaker MULTI·VCB) for details.
Type Mounting type Rated input Tripable time Voltage tripping coils voltage of
voltage combination VCB
VCB-T1A Surface type Within 30s after input
100/110VAC 100/110VDC
VCB-T1PA Embedding type disappearance
(5) There is the polarity in "TC disconnect monitoring (No.14 and 15 of terminal block B)". No.14 is connected to No.1 of
controller power supply and No.9 of "Capacitor unfastening power supply equipment".

F-MPC60B-16
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

3. Specifications
3.1 Model list
It is divided into the next table by the combination of protection element and measuring element.
Unnecessary functions in the protection element can be locked.

Unit Protection Measuring

(option)
Transducer
Name

Grounding method
detection system
Zero-phase current

Model basic type

A0, HI, A0max


DW, DAmax, DWmax,
A, W, var, PF, Wh, DA,
varh
V, F, HV
V0, V0max
Zero-phase current pre-alarm
Phase-unbalance voltage

Phase-unbalance current

Over-current pre-alarm

Voltage regulation
DGA / OCGA
Definite time
67DG / 51G
51DT·DT2

(UV·UV2)
Definite
Inverse

Inverse

OCGA
(OVG)

OCA
(OV)
50G

51G

VR
50

51

64

27

59

47

46
Receiv Resistance UM ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Type 1
circuit
The residual

grounding
ing A (* 43FG
Resistance UM ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
grounding
B (* 43FD
Receiv Non-gro UM42F ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Type 1
method
ZCT

ing unding
Feeder UM42C ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Type 2
Bus --- UM4B ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Type 3
*) "Resistance grounding A" indicates low-resistance (about 200A). "Resistance grounding B" indicates high-resistance (about 5-100A).

Note 1: Transmission (RS485 or T-link) and transducer output are designated by the type of section 3.2.
Note 2: Refer to section 3.3(7.1) for transducer output specification.
Note 3: OCA: Over-current pre-alarm (May be used as a pre-alarm by setting an alarm value.)
Note 4: Protection 67 of feeder unit is used in combination with receiving unit or bus unit.
Note 5: The number of the field of the protection shows the relay that is listed in JEM 1093 (the controller ingredient number for the A.C. substation).
(27: undervoltage relay, 51: overcurrent relay, 64: ground overvoltage relay, 67: directional ground relay)
Note 6: As for "51G" specification, only current element of "67" is applied, when "51G" is set in the receiving unit (basic type: UM43FD, UM42F).

Conformity standards:
JEC-2500(Protective relays for electric power systems), JEC-2510(Overcurrent relays), JEC-2511(Voltage relays),
JIS C4602(Overcurrent relays for 6.6kV receiving), JIS C4609(Directional ground relay set for 6.6kV consume),
JIS C1102-1,2,3,4,5,7(Direct acting analogue electrical instrument), IEC255-3(1989)

UM42F** / UM42C**: As load current detection method (non-grounding, ZCT method), it can be used as follows at 2CT or 3CT.
(1) The connection method in composing (2) The connection method in composing
the load current detection of 2CT the load current detection of 3CT.

F-MPC60B F-MPC60B
UM42C** / UM42F** UM42C**/UM42F**
T.Tm T.Tm
13 13
15 15
14 14
16 16
17 17
19 19
18 or 18
ED 20 20
21 21
K 23 23
3×CT 22 K 3×CT 22
L 24 24
L
ED
25 25
K ZCT K ZCT
26 26
L L
200/1.5mA
ED 200/1.5mA ED

F-MPC60B-17
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

3.2 Type
UM4 □ □ □ - E 5 A
F-MPC60B (UM4 type) series
Detection method of the zero-phase current (Grounding method)
3: 3CT residual and tertiary winding
(Resistance or direct grounding system)
2: ZCT method (non-grounding system)
* The bus unit omits the description.
Unit type
F: Receiving unit
C: Feeder unit
B: Bus unit
Grounding method (Only "Resistance grounding A" and "Resistance
grounding B" are described. The non-grounding and bus unit omit
the description.)
G: 50G / 51G
D: 67DG
Control power supply
E: 100V/110VAC / 100V/110VDC
CT secondary rated current
5: 5A
* The bus unit omits the description
External interface
External interface Transducer
Type RS485 T-link 4-20mA output
T: T-link - ○ -
A: 4-20mA output ○ - ○

3.3 Specifications
(1) Standard specifications
Item Specifications
Control power supply 100VDC (80-143VDC),
100VAC (85-132VAC) common *1
Inrush current 15A or less, 4.5ms or less (100VAC 50Hz)
13A or less, 7ms or less (100VDC)
Power consumption 15W or less
(Unit)
Rated current 5A AC
(CT secondary current)
Rated voltage 110VAC
(VT secondary voltage)
Rated zero-phase 110VAC/190VAC (3rd EVT), ZPD *2
voltage
Rated ZCT 200mA AC/1.5mA AC (JEC-1201) *3
zero-pha combination
se CT 5A AC (CT residual circuit and 3rd CT)
current combination Note 1: The next is able to select as the ratio of 3rd CT. 5-100A (step 5A), 100-400A (step 10A).
Note 2: 3rd CT can select the Io display or 3Io display
Rated CT secondary 1.0VA or less
burden VT secondary 1.0VA or less
VA EVT3rd 5.0VA or less
Insulation resistance Between external terminal and ground: 10MΏ or more (500VDC megger)
Between electric circuit: 5MΏ or more
Between contact terminal: 5MΏ or more
Vibration Vibration frequency: 10Hz, double amplitude: 0.4mm, vibration direction: front/back/right/left, 30 seconds for each
Vibration frequency: 10Hz, double amplitude: 0.4mm, vibration direction: up/side, 30 seconds for each
Vibration frequency: 16.7Hz, double amplitude: 0.4mm, vibration direction: front/back/right/left, 10 minutes for each
Shock 300m/s2, three times for each of three mutually perpendicular axes.
Withstand noise Between all electric circuit and ground: 2kVAC *4
Between electric circuit: 2kVAC
(Except RS485 communication line, T-link line, MN-signal line, transducer output terminal and kWh output
terminal)
Between close/open/trip contact terminal: 1kVAC, 1minute

F-MPC60B-18
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

Item Specifications
Withstand noise Vibrational frequency: 1MHz, 1st crest value: 2.8kV, 1/2 damping time: 3-6cycle
Repetition frequency: 6-10times / 1cycle of commercial frequency (asynchronous) JEC2500 wave shape
2(ANSI compliance)
MN-signal line, communication line (RS485, T-link) transducer output terminal and kWh output terminal
Clamp: Peak voltage: 1.0kV Impulse noise in rectangular waveform (1ns/1μs 10minutes)
Other than those above
Peak voltage: 1.5kV Impulse noise in rectangular waveform (1ns/1μs 10minutes)
Radiowave frequency band: 10V/m on 140MHz, 430MHz, and 900MHz
Cell-phone(800MHz/1.5GHz 0.8W), PHS(1.9GHz 10mW) contact
Electrostatic discharge In contact with metal part: ±8kV
Panel surface (not in contact with no metal parts): ±15kV
Lightning impulse Between all electric circuit and ground 4.5kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
(Except MN-signal line, communication line (RS485, T-link) transducer output terminal and kWh output
terminal)
Between transformer 4.5kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Between transformer circuit and control circuit 4.5kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Between control circuit terminal 3.0kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Between contact (Trip output) terminal 3.0kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Between controller power supply terminal 3.0kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Between transformer circuit terminal 3.0kV, 1.2×50μs, 3 times each on positive and negative sides
Overload resistance CT circuit: 40times of the rating, 1 second, 2 times
VT circuit: 1.25times of the rating, 10 seconds, 1 time
EVT circuit: 1.5times of the rating, 5 seconds, 1 time
Ambient temperature -10°C - 60°C: operation is guaranteed *5
0°C - 40°C: characteristics are guaranteed (no condensation, no ice)
Storage temperature -20°C - 70°C (non condensation, no ice)
Relative humidity 20% - 90%RH (non condensation)
Working atmosphere No corrosive gas and no heavy dirt and dust.
Grounding class Class D grounding (100Ω or less)
Mass 1.4kg
Dropout tolerance 20ms (Continues operation, however display goes out)

Note)
*1: When the control power supply of the F-MPC60B is used by AC power and protection 27 (UV) is used except for the instant action (operation
time: 0s), use in combination with UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply) or the AC power supply unit (type: UM2P-A1) which is sold separately.
*2: EVT and ZPD selection depend on the wiring of the terminals. Use ZPD-1 or ZPD-2 (Manufacturer Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems
Co.,Ltd.) at the time of combination of ZPD.
(ZPD-1 is discontinued model. ZPD-1 is switched over to ZPD-2.)
Combination of EVT or ZPD is set by selecting the setting code 53.
*3: ZCE□A/□ 200A to 300A, ZCED□/□ 200A to 1500A (Manufacturer Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.)
*4: Do not apply 2kVAC between phases.
*5: The guaranteed operatable temperature guarantees that is less than double of guaranteed accuracy at the JEC temperature of guaranteed
characteristic and affected accuracy by JIS temperature.

(2) External input and output specifications


Item Specification
100VDC (143VDC or less) / 100VAC (132VAC or less) (common)
Input circuit
ON voltage: 40VDC to 70VDC / ON voltage: 40VAC to 70VAC
The closing current: 15A (110VDC)
CB Close / Open / Trip
The allowable continuous conduction current: 4A
Output circuit
The closing current: 0.2A (110VDC, inductive load L/R=15ms or less)
Other than above
The allowable continuous conduction current: 1A

F-MPC60B-19
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

(3) Specifications of measuring and display


The measurement value of this unit displays the current, voltage, zero-phase current and zero-phase voltage of the
transformer primary side.
Item Effective display range Accuracy *1 Measurement range *2
0.8% to 100% of the primary rated
Current / Demand current / ±1.5%
current (FS) 0, 0.8% to 800% of CT primary rated
Maximum demand current
100% to 800% of the primary rated current
*3 ±5%
current (FS)
Zero-phase 0.05 to 1.5A of the primary zero-phase 0, 0.05A to 4.00A in ZCT primary
ZCT ±1.5%
electric current current (FS) current
/ Maximum 2% to 100% of the primary rated current
CT, ±1.5%
zero-phase (FS) 0, 2% to 800% of CT primary rated
CT
electric current 100% to 800% of the primary rated current
residual ±5%
*8 current (FS)
EVT 3rd voltage:
*6 *7
Maximum zero-phase electric voltage
Zero-phase electric voltage /

Mean value between 1s

rd ±1.5%
EVT 3 rated 1.5% to 40% (FS)
0, 1.5% to 190% of EVT 3rd voltage
voltage: 110V EVT 3rd voltage:
±5%
40% to 150% (FS)
EVT
EVT 3rd voltage:
rd ±1.5%
EVT 3 rated 1.5% to 40% (FS)
0, 1.5% to 110% of EVT 3rd voltage
voltage: 190V EVT 3rd voltage:
±5%
40% to 100% (FS)
Zero-phase voltage
±1.5%
1.5% to 40% of 3810V = 6600V/√3
ZPD 0, 1.5% to 150% of 3810V
Zero-phase voltage
±5%
40% to 150% of 3810V = 6600V/√3
EVT 3rd rated EVT 3rd voltage:
0, 1.5% to 190% of EVT 3rd voltage
40ms
value between
Measurement

±5%
voltage: 110V 1.5% to 150% (FS)
EVT
EVT 3rd rated EVT 3rd voltage:
±5% 0, 1.5% to 110% of EVT 3rd voltage
voltage: 190V 1.5% to 100% (FS)
Zero-phase voltage
ZPD ±5% 0, 1.5% to 150% of 3810V
1.5% to 150% of 3810V = 6600V/√3
5V to 150V (FS) of VT secondary
Voltage ±1.5% 0, 5V to 150V
voltage
Setting value 50Hz: 45 to 55Hz (FS) 45Hz to 55Hz
Frequency ±0.5%
Setting value 60Hz: 55 to 60Hz (FS) 55Hz to 65Hz
±5% 0.00 of lead to 1.00 to 0.00 of lag
Power factor 0.00 of lead to 1.00 to 0.00 of lag (The conversion of
the 90° phase angle)
Measurement range and code *5
Effective power / Demand 0.004 to 1kW by secondary former of CT
0kW, 0.004kW to 1kW in CT
effective power / and VT (FS)
±1.5% or VT secondary
Maximum demand Phase: 0 to 60° (Lag)
Code *5
effective power *3 Power factor: 1.00 to 0.50 (Lag)
0.004 to 0.5kvar by secondary former of
0kvar, 0.004kvar to 1kvar in CT
CT and VT ±1.5% of 1kvar
Reactive power or VT secondary
Phase: 0 to 60° (Lag) (FS)
Code *5
Power factor: 1.00 to 0.50 (Lag)
0 to 99999: 5 digits display JIS C 1216 (Meter
Effective energy / The multiplying factor of displayed value with transformer)
0 to 99999: 5 digits display
Reactive energy *4 depends on "CT primary rated current" Table 4. Equivalent
and "VT primary rated voltage" to regular meter
Higher 3rd, 5th 1.5% to 100% of the primary rated
±2.5%
harmonics current (FS)
current 100% to 800% of the primary rated
±5%
current (FS) 0, 1.5% to 800% of CT primary rated
th
7 , Total 1.5% to 100% of the primary rated current
±5%
current (FS)
100% to 800% of the primary rated
±10%
current (FS)
rd th
Higher 3 ,5 5V to 150V(FS) of VT secondary ±2.5%
harmonics 7th, Total voltage 0, 5V to 150V in VT secondary voltage
±5%
voltage

F-MPC60B-20
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

Item Effective display range Accuracy *1 Measurement range *2


The maximum accident 0.8% to 2000% of the primary rated 0, 0.8% to 2000% of CT primary rated
±5%
current current (FS) current
The maximum accident
voltage (59) 5V to 150V (FS) of VT secondary 0, 5V to 150V at VT secondary rated
±5%
The minimum accident voltage voltage
voltage (27)
0.05A to 4.00A of the primary 0, 0.05A to 15A in ZCT primary rated
The maximum ZCT
zero-phase current (FS) current
accident value
±5%
of zero-phase CT, 2% to 800% of the primary rated current 0, 2% to 800% of CT primary rated
current *8 CT
(FS) current
residual
3rd rated voltage: EVT 3rd voltage:
0, 1.5% to 190% of EVT 3rd voltage
The maximum 110V 1.5% to 150% (FS)
EVT ±5%
accident value 3rd rated voltage: EVT 3rd voltage:
0, 1.5% to 110% of EVT 3rd voltage
of zero-phase 190V 1.5% to 100% (FS)
voltage *6 Zero-phase voltage 1.5% to 150% (FS)
ZPD ±5% 0, 1.5% to 150% of 3810V
of 3810V =6600V/√3

Note)
*1: For the accuracy, the error of the combination transformer is not included.
*2: Meaning of "0, X to Y" is that 0 is indicated, if the measured value is under X.
*3: The demand mean time can be selected from 0, 1, 5, 10, 15 or 30 minutes.
*4: There are two indications in the electric power indication.
(1) Total electric power value (reset to zero: impossible) / (2) Period electric power quantity (reset to zero: possible)
*5: Display of "electric power selling and power purchase" in the electric power measurement and display of "LED/LAG" in the power factor
measurement are shown as one code (±). (The code is omitted if code is "+".)
Meaning of the code (±) is as follows.
Electric power selling Power purchase
(1) Effective power: kW
90° (COSΦ=0) +: Power purchase (consumed electric power)
-: Power selling (reverse power flow electric power)
(2) Reactive power: kvar
-kW kW +: The lagging current by the reactive volt-ampere
LAG -kvar -kvar LEAD meter method
COSΦ -COSΦ -: The leading current by the reactive volt-ampere
(COSΦ=-1) 180° 0° (COSΦ=1) meter method
-kW
“LEAD/LAG” is inverted in electric power selling and
kvar kW LAG
LEAD power purchase.
-COSΦ kvar
(3) Power factor: COSΦ
COSΦ
+: Lagging power factor
-: Leading power factor
270° (COSΦ=0)
*6: The display of zero-phase voltage is the calculation value of “□□□□V/√3”. “□□□□V” means the VT primary voltage.
Example: If the VT primary voltage is 6600V and it is perfect ground fault, the display of zero-phase voltage is 3810V (=6600V/√3).
*7: The measurement of zero-phase voltage (average value or instantaneous value) can be selected by the setting.
Average value: Average value of every about 1 second is displayed as the measurement value.
Instantaneous value: Instantaneous value of every about 0.04 second is displayed as the measurement value.
*8: In the case of CT method, Io or 3Io display can be selected by the setting.
Io: Input current is displayed as the measurement value or the accident value.
3Io: Triple of input current is displayed as the measurement value or the accident value. (Select “3-□□□” at the setting code No.27.)

This unit starts the measurement, when the value of electric power or current increases.
Item The condition in the measurement start
Effective power / Current: 0.4% or more of the primary rated current and 0.4% or more of effective power / reactive power
Reactive power (Example 1)
Effective energy / Current: 0.4% or more of the primary rated current, the integration is started
Reactive energy
Power factor 1. Power factor is “1.000”, when reactive power is under 1.5%.
2. Power factor is “0.000”, when effective power is under 1.5% and reactive power is over 1.5%.
3. Power factor is calculated by the following equation, when effective power is over 1.5% and
reactive power is over 1.5%.
Power factor = P / √(P2+Q2)
Example 1) CT primary rated current: 200A, CT secondary rated current: 5A, VT primary rated voltage: 6600V, VT secondary rated voltage: 110V
The measurement is started, when the condition is as follows.
・ CT primary current: 0.8A or more (200A×0.4/100=0.8A)
・ Effective power on secondary: 3.81W or more (√3×110V×5A×0.4/100=3.81W)
・ Effective power on primary: 9145W or more (√3×6600V×200A×0.4/100=9145W)

F-MPC60B-21
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

(4) Specifications for history data


Item Display range Display Item Display range Display
code code
Number of operations of 50 (INST) 0-9,999 (times) H0 Number of operations of phase-unbalance 0-9,999 (times) HA
voltage
Number of operations of 51 DT 0-9,999 (times) H1 Number of operations of OCA 0-9,999 (times) Hb
Number of operations of 51 OC 0-9,999 (times) H2 Operating time 0-9,999×100 (hr) Hc
Number of operations of 51G 0-9,999 (times) H3 Number of switching 0-9,999×10 (times) Hd
Number of operations of 50G 0-9,999 (times) H4 Number of operations of 27-2 (UV2) 0-9,999 (times) HE
Number of operations of 67G 0-9,999 (times) H5 Number of operations of VR 0-9,999 (times) HF
Number of operations of 59 (OV) 0-9,999 (times) H6 Number of operations of DGA/OCGA 0-9,999 (times) Hn
Number of operations of 27 (UV) 0-9,999 (times) H7 Number of operations of 51DT2 0-9,999 (times) HP
Number of operations of 64 (OVG) 0-9,999 (times) H8 Number of real breaking 0-9,999 (times) h0
Number of operations of phase-unbalance 0-9,999 (times) H9
current
(Other display)
Fault value display: Display of fault value on occurrence of a fault, maximum values in the history of zero-phase current/voltage, and
maximum demand value (A,W), minimum values of instantaneous voltage
Note 1. "Display code" in above table is the code used when displayed on the indicator (7SEG LED) of F-MPC60B series.
Note 2. Refer to section 4.3 for change of history data.
Note 3. "Operating time" is total value of time that control power supply of F-MPC60B series is normal and input 52a (No.13 of terminal block B:
answerback signal of circuit breaker) is ON.
Note 4. If protection has several elements (50: operation by A, B and C-phase, etc.), it is counted as single operation even if several elements occur
simultaneously (or some element laggardly occurs while other elements occur continuously).
Note 5. Number of breaking is the number of times which operated the trip relay by protection relay (including the external trip) when CB (52a) is ON.

(5) Protection relay specifications


Setting range of current / Setting range of Characteristics
Item
voltage operation value operation time (Timer) Operation value Operation time
1 to 16 times of CT secondary rated
50 (Instant) electric current (on every 0.2 (Fixed) ±5% 40ms or less
times), Lock
0.2 to 1.0 times (on every 0.1
times) or 1 to 16 times (on every 0.00 to 5.00s Less than 1s: ±50ms
51DT (Definite time) ±5%
0.2 times) of CT secondary rated (Step 0.05s) More than 1s: ±5%
current, Lock
20 to 240% of CT secondary rated 0.0 to 10.0s Less than 1s: ±50ms
51DT2 (Definite time) ±5%
current (on every 2%), Lock (Step 0.1s) More than 1s: ±5%
In case of time magnification L≥10
Time magnification:
20 to 240% of CT secondary rated The setting value 300%: ±12%
0.5 to 20 times
51OC (Inverse time) current (on every 2%), Lock 500, 1000%: ±7%
(Step 0.1 times) ±5%
SI, EI, VI, LT, I2t *5 (Lower limit ±100ms)
(Operation time:
*OC/OL selectable *9 In case of time magnification L≤10
min 150ms)
*6
OCA 10 to 100% of CT rated current (on
10 to 200s (Step 10s) ±10% ±5%
(Pre-alarm for over-current) every 0.1 times), Lock
0.0 to 100.0s (Step 0.1s)
50G 0.1 to 8 times of CT rated current ±5%
100.0 to180s (Step 1s) ±5%
(Instant, Definite time) (on every 0.1 times), Lock (Lower limit ±50ms)
*2
In case of time magnification L≥10
0.5 to 50 times (Step
51G The setting value 300%: ±12%
0.1) ±5%
3CT (Residual system) or 0.02 to 1 times of rated current (on 500, 1000%: ±7%
(Operation time: min (Lower limit
CT 3rd every 0.01 times), Lock (Lower limit ±100ms)
150ms ±100mA)
SI, EI, VI, LT *5 In case of time magnification L≤10
*2
*6
OCGA 50 to 100% of the setting value of ±10%
0.1 to 3.0s (Step 0.05s) ±5%
(Pre-alarm for zero-phase “51G: operating current” (on every (Lower limit
3.0 to 600s (Step 1s) (Lower limit ±50ms)
current) 10%), Lock ±100mA)
VT secondary: 110 to 150V (on 0.0 to 5.0s (Step 0.5s) ±5%
59 (OV) ±5%
every 5V), Lock 5.0 to 60s (Step 1s) (Lower limit ±50ms)
VT secondary: 20 to 100V (on
every 5V), 0.0 to 5.0s (Step 0.5s) ±5% (Lower limit ±50ms)
27 (UV) *3 ±5%
52a cooperation: on20 to on100V 5.0 to 60s (Step 1s) 35ms or less at 0s
(on every 5V), Lock
VT secondary: 20 to 100V (on 0.0 to 5.0s (Step 0.5s) ±5% (Lower limit ±50ms)
27-2 (UV2) *3 ±5%
every 5V), Lock 5.0 to 60s (Step 1s) 35ms or less at 0s
2.5 to 40% of the rated (on every ±5%
64 (OVG) 0 to 120s (Step 1s) *4
2.5%), Lock Lower limit ±50ms)

F-MPC60B-22
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

Setting range of current / Setting range of Characteristics


Item
voltage operation value operation time (Timer) Operation value Operation time
Zero-phase voltage: 2.5 to 40% of
*4
the rated (on every 2.5%)
3CT Zero-phase electric current: ±5% <3CT residual>
(Residual 0.02 to 1 times of the rated (on 0.1 to 3.0s (Step 0.05s) (Lower limit or
system) or every 0.01 times), Lock 3.0 to 600s (Step 1s) ±100mA) <CT 3rd>
CT 3rd Maximum sensitivity phase angle: Type: UM43FD
67DG / 0° (Fixed) ±12.5° ±5%
51G (OCG) Operation phase angle range: ±80° (Lower limit
*8 Zero-phase voltage: 2.5 to 40% of 4 ±50ms)
*
the rated (on every 2.5%)
Zero-phase electric current: 0.1 to <ZCT>
ZCT 0.1 to 3.0s (Step 0.05s) ±10% of setting value
1.0A (on every 0.05A), Lock *7 Type: UM42F
system 3.0 to 600s (Step 1s)
Maximum sensitivity phase angle: Type: UM42C
30, 45, 60° ±12.5°
Operation phase angle range: ±80°
Zero-phase voltage: 2.5 to 40% of *4
the rated (on every 2.5%)
Zero-phase current: 50 to 100% of <3CT residual>
3CT ±10%
the setting value of “DG operating or
(Residual 0.1 to 3.0s (Step 0.05s) (Lower limit
current” <CT 3rd>
system) or 3.0 to 600s (Step 1s) ±100mA)
rd (on every 10%), Lock Type: UM43FD
CT 3
Maximum sensitivity phase angle:
0° (Fixed) ±12.5°
±5%
DGA / OCGA Operation phase angle range: ±80°
8 (Lower limit
* Zero-phase voltage: 2.5 to 40% of
*4 ±50ms)
the rated (on every 2.5%)
Zero-phase current: 50 to 100% of
the setting value of “DG operating ±10% of setting value <ZCT>
ZCT 0.1 to 3.0s (Step 0.05s)
current”. (Lower limit ±10mA) Type: UM42F
system 3.0 to 600s (Step 1s)
(on every 10%), Lock Type: UM42C
Maximum sensitivity phase angle:
30, 45, 60° ±12.5°
Operation phase angle range: ±80°
46 Unbalance rate: 50 to
- - 2s (Fixed) ±1s
Phase-unbalance current 80% or more
47
- - - 0.5s or less
Phase-unbalance voltage
VT secondary: 10 to 110V (on 0.0 to 5.0s (Step 0.5s) ±5% ±5%
Voltage regulation(VR)
every 5V), Lock 5.0 to 60s (Step 1s) (Lower limit ±2V) (Lower limit ±100ms)
Note)
*1: Refer to model list for presence or absence of functions of each unit.
*2: The malfunction prevention with function by exiting current etc.
(1) When fundamental wave current of zero-phase current is over 15% of the rated current, and the content rate of second harmonic current is
over about 15%, the action of protection 50G and 51G is locked by the malfunction prevention measure functions in the magnetizing
inrush current. However, this function is not operated, when operation time is 0 second on “protection 50G”.
(2) When the fundamental wave current of the load current (CT secondary current) is over the rated current and the content rate of second
harmonic current is over about 15%, the action of protection 50G and 51G is locked by the malfunction prevention measure functions in
the magnetizing inrush current. However, this function is not operated, when operation time is 0 second on “protection 50G”. The second
harmonic suppression locks the action, when zero-phase current or load current (A/B/C) is over the regulation value.
*3: Criterion for determination of voltage is selectable from "all of 3-phase", "one of 3-phase" and "two out of 3-phase".
*4: EVT: The next equation (Error of EVT is not included.) : Correspondent to JEC-2511 5V class.
[2.3% + {(rated voltage)} / (setting value of voltage)] × 0.16] × 2
ZPD: ±25% in the combination.
*5: Refer to appendix figure1 for characteristic formula.
*6: Accuracy of operation time of 51 and 51G
This unit is compliant with JEC-2510.
Refer to appendix table4 for accuracy.
*7: This unit is for ungrounded system. Use grounding system below 10A only as a guide.
If grounding system over 10A is used, contact us. There are special products for operation value of zero-phase current 1.0-10A.
*8: 67DG detection of feeder unit is performed by "zero-phase current into itself" and "zero-phase voltage signal (MN-signal) from the bus unit or the
receiving unit".
*9: When the “OL” is selected, 51OC becomes conjunction (and) with 51DT. (51DT isn't operated until 51OC operates, even if trip condition is
satisfied.) Refer to appendix figure4 for details.

(6) Specifications for MN-signal line


Item Specifications
2
Signal line 0.5 to2.0mm twisted cable (An electric wire is surely twisted when a general insulation electric wire is
used. (Twist standard: less than 50mm/pitch))
Number of units connected Max. 50 units per 1 bus unit/receiving unit
Length of signal lines Total length 100m (branching is permitted)
The MN-signal is mutually usable for F-MPC60B series and F-MPC50 series.

F-MPC60B-23
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

(7.1) Transducer output specifications (for product with transducer output)


(External interface of type is specified in "A")
Output is every about 0.4% because internal calculation is by 8bit.
6 of transducer output signals (bus unit is only 4 output) are selected by the setting value.
Item Specifications Feede Recei
Bus
Transducer output signal 4 to 20mA DC (acceptable load: 270Ω or less) Accuracy r ving
Current (Ia, Ib, Ic) For 0 to CT rated, 4 to 20mA - ○ ○
Voltage (Vab, Vbc, Vca) For VT secondary 0 to 150V, 4 to 20mA ○ - ○
Effective power (W) For 0 to 1kW (CT5A conversion), 4 to 20mA - ○ ○
±1.5%
For –1kvar to 0 (CT5A conversion), 4 to 12mA
Reactive power (Var) - ○ ○
For 0 to 1kvar (CT5A conversion), 12 to 20mA
○ ○
Signal type

Frequency (Hz) For 45 to 55Hz or 55 to 65Hz, 4∼20mA -


For LEAD 0.5 to 1, 4 to 12mA
Power factor (PF) ±5% - - ○
For LEAD 1 to LAG 0.5, 12 to 20mA
Current special For 0 to CT rated, 4 to 16mA ±1.5%
- ○ ○
(Ia, Ib, Ic) For CT rated to quintuple of CT rated, 16 to 20mA ±5%
Single-phase effective
For 0 to 0.5kW (CT5A conversion), 4 to 20mA - ○ ○
power
±1.5%
Single-phase reactive For –0.5kvar to 0 (CT5A conversion), 4 to 12mA
- ○ ○
power For 0 to 0.5kvar (CT5A conversion), 12 to 20mA
2s or less
Output response time
(Time that output becomes 90±1% of the steady-state value when the rated input is added)
・ Output signal is common on minus side.
・ For the output signal exceeding upper or lower limit value, the output signals are limited. The output signal is limited 4mA at lower
limit value and 20mA at upper limit value.
・ "Accuracy" is error to full scale. Example: The error is ±6.0A or less, when the CT primary rated current is 600A. The error is
within 6.0A even if input current is 400A or 40A. Carry out the adjustment outside by the necessity, because this unit doesn't have
the function of the zero adjustment and scale adjustment.
・ The value of "Output response time" applies to V8 product or later.
*) Initial setting is as follows. "Loc" in table means setting of "non output".
Transducer Initial setting
Output CH Bus Feeder Receiving
CH1 Vab Loc Vab
CH2 Hz Loc Hz
CH3 Loc Ia Ia
CH4 Loc W W
CH5 - Var Var
CH6 - Loc PF

(7.2) Specifications for kWh pulse output


Item Specifications
Output Open collector output
Output capacity Maximum 150VDC 100mA
Pulse width 200±20ms
10nkWh/pulse (n=-2 to4 (integer))
Output pulse unit
2,000pulse/kWh (n=F (integer))
・ There is no kWh pulse output at the bus unit.
・ The constant value “n” of kWh pulse output can be set in setting code “66”.
In table of page: appendix table1-9, "n" can be set to "0 to 4 or F", when VT primary rated voltage is 3300V and CT primary rated
current is 300A.
For example, when "n" is set to "2", it is “102kWh/pulse” (=100kWh/pulse).
・ The effective energy in communication is as follows, when “output pulse unit” is set to “2000pulse/kWh (n=F)”.
The data in the T-link communication Count value of 2,000pulse/kWh
The data in the RS485 communication Low 4 digits of panel display of body (Body display multiplying factor)

<The circuit example> +24V


The circuit is for explaining "Action of the kWh pulse output"
There is the polarity at terminal A-7 and A-8. Relay Pulse counter
+24V is an external power source. “F-MPC60B”
Consider the lifetime of relay, etc., use this unit. inside
A-7

A-8
0V
F-MPC60B-24
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

(8) Specifications for communication


The communication cable uses the cable described at 2.2(1).
1) T-link
Item Specifications
Data exchange method 1:N (polling/selecting system)
Maximum transmission
700m
distance
Number of connectable
1 to 32 units (no including master unit)
units
Setting of address 00 to 99
Transmission speed 500kbps
Data type Exclusive

2) RS485
Specifications
Item
MPC-Net protocol MODBUS protocol
Standard EIA RS485
Data exchange method 1:N (polling/selecting system)
Maximum transmission
1000m
distance
Number of connectable
1 to 32 units (including master unit)
units
Setting of address 01 to 99
Transmission speed 4800 / 9600/ 19200 bps
Start bit 1 bit (fixed) 1 bit (fixed)
Data bit 7 / 8 bit (selectable) 8 bit (selectable)
Data type
Parity bit none / even / odd (selectable) none / even / odd (selectable)
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed) 1 / 2 bit (automatic) (*Note 1
*Note 1)
When MODBUS protocol is selected, the character format is fixed as 11 bit. The stop bit is automatically set by the value of parity bit.

Information of cable for T-link communication is described in our homepage (http://www.fujielectric.co.jp/fcs/).


Refer to this information before cable selection.
「技術情報」→「プログラマブル制御機器・ネットワーク機器」→「PLC一般」→「使い方ガイド」
→G0118b「Tリンク推奨ケーブルについて」 - - - 2009年4月改定

<Reference> ホームページの掲載情報: G0118「Tリンク推奨ケーブルについて」より引用


メーカ ケーブル形式 最大延長距離 (Tリンク) 状況
T-KPEV-SB 1.25mm2×1対 1000m ◎
KPEV-SB 1.25mm2×1対 700m ○
古河電工
KPEV-SB 0.75mm2×1対 700m ○
KPEV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 700m ○
RMEV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 290m ●
大電
RMCV-SB(2464) AWG21(0.5)/2C 290m ○
太陽電線 RVV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 200m ●
TWIN-100 250m ●
住友電工
DPEV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 700m ●
IPEV 0.5mm2×1対 700m ●
藤倉電線
IPEV-S 0.5mm2×1対 700m ○
TTYCYS-1 ×1対 100m ●
ヒエン電工
250V-TTYCYS ×1対 50m ○
KNPEV-SB 1.25mm2×1対 1000m ×
日本電線 KNPEV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 700m ×
KPEV-SB 0.5mm2×1対 700m ×
状況 ◎: 伝送距離が確保されるよう、ケーブルメーカと仕様を取り交わしています。◎印のケーブルの使用を推奨します。
○: 市販品のため、ケーブル仕様の変更により適用不可になる可能性があります。
●: メーカの生産が終了したものです。
×: メーカのケーブル仕様変更(2000年)により、適用不可となったものです。

*) System may not operate normally if above cable isn't used.

F-MPC60B-25
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

(9) Display for accident history


1) Display specifications
Item Specifications
Number of history Max. 5 times
Update at the same time of starting of accident output
Update of history *) When accident with same element (A and C of 50, etc.) occurs, it is not recognized as new
accident if older accident output has not recovered. The later accident isn't recorded in history.
It is displayed at last of the setting mode.
It isn't displayed when accident doesn't occur.
Display is 1 time when accident is 1 time. Display is 2 times when accident is 2 times. Display is
Display position
3 times when accident is 3 times. Display is 4 times when accident is 4 times. Display is 5 times
when accident is 5 times.
Oldest data is overwritten when number of accidents are over 5 times.
Code r1 to r5: “r1” is newest history.
Display method Accident code and accident data are displayed.
Data
Display is changed by ▲ key (or ▼ key). Details are shown in following section.
Collective reset is able to be performed.
When any history data is displayed, the data is reset if ENT and RST of sheet switch are pressed
Reset of accident history
for 1 second simultaneously.
However, when the unit displays accident, that data can't be reset.

2) Display content
Display content differs depending on protection.
Display
Category Content Remarks
Item Code Data
Protection without accident value
(Phase-unbalance current,
Pattern 1 Accident code Accident code rX EX
Phase-unbalance voltage,
External trip, etc.)
Accident code rX EX Operated protection in each phase
Accident code
Pattern 2 (50, 51DT, 51DT2, 51OC, OCA,
Accident value (1-phase) Accident value rX Accident value
50G, 51G, DGA(OCGA), OV etc.)
Accident code Accident code rX EX DG protection
Pattern 3 Accident value (current) Accident current rX Accident value *) In the case of feeder or OCG, only
Accident value (voltage) Accident voltage rX Accident value current value is displayed
Accident code rX EX
Accident code Accident value 1 rX Accident value 1 Operated protection in 3-phase
Pattern 4
Accident value (3-phase) Accident value 2 rX Accident value 2 (UV, UV2 etc.)
Accident value 3 rX Accident value 3
In above table, rX means the accident history, and it displays as r1-r5. (r1 is the newest accident)
EX is accident code, and code corresponding to protection is displayed. Refer to section 6.2(2) for details of accident code.

Typical example of each pattern is as follows. (In case of ▲key. In the case of ▼ key, display is reversed)
Category Protective element Display method
Phase-unbalance
Pattern 1 rX E7 (In case of phase-unbalance voltage, data isn't displayed.)
voltage
Pattern 2 50(A) rX E0 → rX Accident current of A-phase
Pattern 3 DG rX Eb → rX Accident current of Io → rX Accident voltage of Vo
rX E3 → rX Accident voltage of AB-phase → rX Accident voltage of BC-phase → rX
Pattern 4 UV
Accident voltage of CA-phase

F-MPC60B-26
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

3) Example of history display


The history display in case of occurrence of protective operation in the following order in UM42F (Receiving unit) is shown.
“Phase-unbalance voltage → OV → 50(A) → 50(B) → UV → UV2”
Action of update differs depending on occurrence timing of 50(B).

(a) 50(B) is operated after output of 50(A) is reset.


(1) After phase-unbalance voltage operating (2) After OV operating
r1 E7 ← It means phase-unbalance voltage accident. r1 E4 ← It means OV accident.
r1 6614 ← OV accident value
r2 E7

(3) After 50(A) operating (4) After 50(B) operating


r1 E0 ← It means 50 accident. r1 E0 ← It means 50 accident.
r1 1012 ← 50(A) accident value r1 1542 ← 50(B) accident value
r2 E4 r2 E0
r2 6614 r2 1012
r3 E7 r3 E4
r3 6614
r4 E7

(5) After UV operating (6) After UV2 operating*(Note 1


r1 E3 ← It means UV accident. r1 EL ← It means UV2 accident.
r1 3600 ← UV accident value of AB-phase r1 1200 ← UV2 accident value of AB-phase
r1 3596 ← UV accident value of BC-phase r1 1196 ← UV2 accident value of BC-phase
r1 3700 ← UV accident value of CA-phase r1 1194 ← UV2 accident value of CA-phase
r2 E0 r2 E3
r2 1542 r2 3600
r3 E0 r2 3596
r3 1012 r2 3700
r4 E4 r3 E0
r4 6614 r3 1542
r5 E7 r4 E0
r4 1012
r5 E4
r5 6614

*Note 1) Data which is former than 5 times is erased.

(b) 50(B) is operated while output of 50(A) is operated.


(1) After phase-unbalance voltage operating (1st time) (2) After OV operating
r1 E7 ← It means phase-unbalance voltage accident. r1 E4 ← It means OV accident.
r1 6614 ← OV accident value
r2 E7

(3) After 50(A) operating (4) After 50(B) operating*(Note 2


r1 E0 ← It means 50 accident. r1 E0
r1 1012 ← 50(A) accident value r1 1012
r2 E4 r2 E4
r2 6614 r2 6614
r3 E7 r3 E7

(5) After UV operating (6) After UV2 operating


r1 E3 ← It means UV accident. r1 EL ← It means UV2 accident.
r1 3600 ← UV accident value of AB-phase r1 1200 ← UV2 accident value of AB-phase
r1 3596 ← UV accident value of BC-phase r1 1196 ← UV2 accident value of BC-phase
r1 3700 ← UV accident value of CA-phase r1 1194 ← UV2 accident value of CA-phase
r2 E0 r2 E3
r2 1012 r2 3600
r3 E4 r2 3596
r3 6614 r2 3700
r4 E7 r3 E0
r3 1012
r4 E4
r4 6614
r5 E7

*Note 2) It isn't recognized as new accident because accident with same element has been continued. (History isn't updated.)

F-MPC60B-27
F-MPC60B 3. Specifications

3.4 Dimensions
Unit: mm

42.5

180° of opening and closing angle

165 18 85.3 27

min. 100
F-MPC

179
192

min. 100

Panel cut dimensions Rear view


Connector
+0.5 for transducer output
152 -0 151

A B
180 +0.5
-0

M3.5

F-MPC60B-28
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

4. Operation and handling


The circuit breaker ON/OFF switch, REMOTE/LOCAL operation switch, etc. are protected in dual structure
by front cover and switch protection cover.
If the cover is open, damage to the cover can occur if a worker hits it. The cover should be kept closed except
during switch operation.

4.1 Names of controls on front panel and their functions


The appearance in which the front cover is opened is indicated below. (Figure is the receiving unit.)
1) Running status indicator LED

6) Key switch

3) Indication of measured value,


Setting value or failure value. 7) Operation indicator LED
(7-SEG LED) (not provided on bus unit)

8) REMOTE/LOCAL, CLOSE,
OPEN operation switch
2) Failure code list for (not provided on bus unit)
relay release

4) Indicator LED of display item and unit

9) Plug for option


5) Sheet switch

Setting, history and testing code are described in the seal which is fixed at back of front cover.
Item Bus unit Feeder unit, receiving unit
POWER At lighting of this LED, it indicates that the control power is ON.
RUN At lighting of this LED, it indicates that running is normal.
1) Running status
indictor LED ALARM At lighting of this LED, it indicates that the equipment has failed. Refer to section 6 for details.
RELAY RELEASE Flicker: The relay is detected. / Lighting: The relay is operated.
PLURAL FAULTS This LED is lit while there are multiple factors for relay motion and for equipment failure.
Refer to section 6 when the relay is operated.
2) Failure code list for relay release
Example: E2 OC(R) When “E2” is indicated, it means that the OC relay was actuated in A-phase.
Indicates contents of relay failure, equipment failure and setting item at time of setting by 2-digits of
3) Indication of
Code 7-segment LED.
measured value,
Refer to section 6 for relay failure, and refer to appendix table1 for setting value.
setting value or
failure value 5-digits data by 7-segment LED is displayed.
Data
Refer to appendix table2 for measurement value.
Indicates item and unit of “Data”. ×10 and ×100 LED indicate magnification ratio. (When both ×10 and
4) Indicator LED of display item and ×100 LED are lit, this indicates that magnification ratio is ×1000.)
unit Example: “R” and “A” are lit, this indicates that the displayed data is A-phase current and unit is
A(ampere).
5) Sheet switches Used for switching of display item, setting operation, etc.
NORMAL/SET/TEST mode select switch
6) Key switch
(Insertion/extraction of the key is permitted only in the “NORMAL” position.
REMOTE/LOCAL: Indicates whether remote running or local running has
7) Operation indication LED --- been selected.
CLOSE/OPEN: Indicates whether the CB or the like is ON or OFF.
8) REMOTE/LOCAL, CLOSE, REMOTE/LOCAL select switch and CLOSE/OPEN operation switch.
---
OPEN operation switch (Switch with protective cover)
9) Plug for option Connector (RS485) of PC loader for configuration of the setting value

F-MPC60B-29
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

4.2 Operation and selection of the key switch


The key switch has three positions (SET, NORMAL and TEST).
Operation when each position is selected is as follows.

Item Position of key switch Outline of the operation


Select this position for configuration/reference of the setting value (*Note 1) and
Setting SET reconfiguration/reference of history data.
Protective relay and measuring function are active even when this position is selected.

Select this position for normal running.


Normal NORMAL Insertion/extraction of the key is permitted only in this position. Extract and store the
key. (Front cover will not be closed unless the key is extracted.)

Select this position for manual test of system check etc.


Test TEST Normal function of measuring and protection relay etc. is suspended when this position
is selected. (Don't select this position except for test.)
Note 1. Condition is “locking the setting value”, when the setting value doesn't flicker in changing operation. Before
changing the setting value, refer to section 4.3 and unlock condition of "locking the setting value"

4.3 Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data


Select the SET position by key switch. Key switch
SET

SET ENT RST

Step 1 Step 2 Step 4


Step 3

Operation procedure
Step1 Confirmation of setting value / history data
The setting code and history code is changed and current value is displayed in 7-segment LED
each time ▲ or ▼ of sheet switch is pressed. (Confirmation operation is "Step1" only.)
Step2 Change of setting value / history data
Press SET of sheet switch at condition in which setting value or history data to be changed is
selected and displayed at “Step1”. (The displayed value begins to flicker) → to “Step3”
Step3 In the case of flickering, the setting value changes each time the ▲ or ▼ of sheet switch is pressed.
Select the data to change. (The data isn't defined while the data is flickering.) → to “Step4”
Step4 The displayed data begins to light continuously by pressing SET of sheet switch. It indicates that
the data is defined and the setting is finished.

Repeat Step1 to Step4, when you want to change several data continuously.
Unnecessary relay function can be inactive by selecting to lock.
Confirmation of history data and change of the current value can be performed by the same manner.
List of setting items and history data of the receiving unit, feeder unit and the bus unit are shown in appendix
table1.

Note)
In the setup for time of monitoring contact open/close jamming of appendix table1, the set time should not be less than external
equipment (sequence) motion (Ans. signal) time plus 100ms. (This is because the F-MPC60B internal measurement time is from CPU
output to finalization after the input filter time.)

F-MPC60B-30
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

About locking the setting value


Unspecified person without key can’t change the setting value because the setting value can't be changed
except for SET position of key switch.
In addition, a setting lock function is provided, and the value which was once set cannot be changed even if
the key switch is located in the SET position.

Method for setup of locking the setting value / cancellation


(1) "Locking the setting value" can be set/cancel only in the following display status and NORMAL mode
Selection of
Unit classification Operation
display item

VAB voltage Press SET and ENT of sheet switch simultaneously. The lock status has been
Bus unit selected if the display is "Lon". Or, the lock has been canceled if the display is
display status
"LOFF".
The "Lon / LOFF" display is switched each time the sheet switches indicated above
Feeder unit IA current are pressed simultaneously.
Receiving unit display status If the setting is locked, finish operation after confirmation of "Lon" display.

(2) In the case of lock status, assure that the setting value doesn't flicker even during work step2(change to
setting value) of the operating procedure.

Display of “locking the setting value”


In the case of "locking the setting value" status, the following indication is displayed if SET of sheet
switch is pressed in SET mode.
Each canceling method is as follows.
Display Meaning Canceling method
Locking the setting The setting value is locked.
Loc 0
value Cancel according to “locking the setting value” status in foregoing section.
Under setup by Settings from transmission or loader have not been finished.
Loc 1
transmission or loader Complete setting.

4.4 Operation in normal state


Select the NORMAL position by key switch. (Operation by key switch is unnecessary in normal running
status.)
Refer to appendix table 2 for display item and display method.

Note)
×10 and ×100LED indicate display magnification ratio in unit indicator LEDs.
when both of ×10 and ×100 are lit, this indicates that the display magnification ratio is ×1000.
Key switch

NORMAL
SET ENT RST

The display of measured value can be switched by operating these switches.

The display of measured value (meter) can be switched during normal running.
The display item is switched sequentially each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed. Check the display
item and unit by reading the LEDs.
The 7-segment LEDs of this unit go out automatically if no switch operation is performed for about
continuous 10 minutes, for energy-saving. However, they light up again when any switch operation is
performed or any relay / equipment error is detected. (Press one sheet switch to light up LED again.) No
change for running status will be caused when LED is lit up again by any switch operation.

F-MPC60B-31
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

The lock and release of energy-saving (it is automatic turning off lights at 10 minutes) are more possible by
the following method than by the product version V8A.

1) Select the SET position by key switch.


2) The display item is switched sequentially each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed.
By this operation, the code 80 (Equipment failure detection functional setting) is displayed.
Next, ENT and RST SW are simultaneously pushed for about 1 second, and the code U1 (Energy-saving
mode lock setting) is displayed.
3) If SET SW is pushed, a data division blinks and it can choose the lock and lock release in energy-saving
mode by ▲ or ▼SW.
Setting is completion, when ENT SW is pushed and blink of a data division is stopped.
The setting range and a display will be the following table.
(An initial value is dLOFF:automatic putting out lights at the time of shipment)
Setting Range of setting
Function Remarks
code value
Energy-saving U1 dLon or dLon:Continuation lighting (energy-saving locked)
mode lock setting dLOFF or dLOFF:Automatic turning off lights
dLOF2 dLOF2:Automatic turning off lights and conditions of
re-lighting are special
(Conditions are referring to the following table)
*While displaying the code U1 (Energy-saving mode lock setting), if ▲ or ▼SW is pushed, it will return at
the code 80 (Equipment failure detection functional setting).
*If it returns to setting mode after changing at NORMAL mode or TEST mode while displaying the code U1
(Energy-saving mode lock setting), it will return to the code 80 (Equipment failure functional detection
setting).

List of re-lighting condition by control mode and setting


*Symbol "○" in table indicates that LED lights up again when the corresponding input is ON.
It doesn't shift to "the energy saving mode ("7seg LED" automatically turns off light.)", while the input as
re-lighting is ON.
"dLon" setting: "7seg LED" is not turn off automatically.
"dLOFF" setting: "7seg LED" is turn off automatically. Re-lighting conditions serve as the following table.
Remote/ Selection and Setting of Panel External input Transmission control
Local input of "field "Open priority"
and center" Close Open Close Open Close Open

No setting Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---


Valid ○ ○ --- ○ --- ○
Local Input: ON Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Field) Valid ○ ○ --- ○ --- ○
Input: OFF Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Center) Valid ○ ○ --- ○ --- ○
No setting Invalid ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Valid ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Remote Input: ON Invalid ○ ○ ○ ○ --- ---
(Field) Valid ○ ○ ○ ○ --- ○
Input: OFF Invalid ○ ○ --- --- ○ ○
(Center) Valid ○ ○ --- ○ ○ ○

"dLOF2" setting: "7seg LED" is turn off automatically. Re-lighting conditions serve as the following table.
It is effective when "Close" and "Open" are the always turned-on external circuits.
(The light is not re-switched on in an external input and transmission control.)
Remote/ Selection and Setting of Panel External input Transmission control
Local input of "field "Open priority"
and center" Close Open Close Open Close Open

No setting Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---


Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
Local Input: ON Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Field) Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
Input: OFF Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Center) Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
No setting Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
Remote Input: ON Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Field) Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
Input: OFF Invalid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---
(Center) Valid ○ ○ --- --- --- ---

F-MPC60B-32
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

4.5 Reset method of the measurement history maximum/minimum integrated value


This unit has the display function of the history maximum value, the history minimum value and integrated
value as shown in the following table.
Do as shown in the following when those data are reset to zero after confirmation of period data, etc. Reset
also zero-phase current/voltage maximum value after the start-up test at field, and the test of relay of the
period check.

List of the measurement history maximum value and minimum value


Measurement display item 7-segment LED display Receiving unit Feeder unit Bus unit
(Period) Effective energy (+) □□□□□kWh *1 ○ ○ ---
(Period) Effective energy (-) -□□□□□kWh ○ ○ ---
(Period) Reactive energy (+) □□□□□kvarh *1 ○ ○ ---
(Period) Reactive energy (-) -□□□□□kvarh ○ ○ ---
Demand A, B, C-phase current maximum h □□□□A ○ ○ ---
value
Demand effective power maximum value h □□□□kW ○ ○ ---
AB, BC, CA-phase voltage instant L □□□□V ○ --- ○
minimum value
Zero-phase current maximum value (I0) H □□□□A ○ ○ ---
Zero-phase voltage maximum value (V0) H □□□□V ○ --- ○
Note*1) Code "+" isn't displayed. It becomes a blank.

Reset method (Method of setting 0)


(1) Corresponding data is displayed according to description in section 4.4.
(Example: When zero-phase current maximum value is displayed, "Io" LED is lit and 7-segment display is "H
□□□□A".)
(2) Press SET of sheet switch when corresponding data is displayed.
→ History maximum value is reset. (Data is reset to "0".)

Note) Reset method for "total effective energy (+)" and "total effective energy (-)"
Even if operation as described previously is performed to display of "total effective energy (+)" and "total effective
energy (-)", this value isn't reset.
(Display of total effective energy (+): "A □□□□□kWh" / Display of total effective energy (-): "A-□□□□□kWh")
It is reset only in case of setting change of the CT, VT ratio.

F-MPC60B-33
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

4.6 Operation in the sequence test (operation of a trial output for the test)
Select the TEST position by key switch. (Functions of measuring and protection are suspended)
If the TEST position is selected by key switch, the unit status will become "Lamp test status (all LEDs are lit)". Then, the
unit status is changed as follows each time ▲ of sheet switch is pressed. (Reverse turn occurs when sheet switch ▼ is
pressed.)
"Code L2 display" → "Input/output test" → "Relay forced motion test" → "Transducer output test (only unit with
transducer output)" → "Pulse output test" → "Communication monitor" → (Return to "Lamp test status")
Contents of "Input/output test", "Relay forced motion test" and "Transducer output test" are as follows.
In the case of using external test position input, test output isn't operated even in the TEST mode while the test position
input is ON (CB etc. have not been pulled out to the TEST positions).

Table 4.6.1 Test contents (In setting test position input)


Test item Code display Operation for testing
L3 The state in which test position input is OFF and actual output isn’t made is indicated.
The state in which test position input is ON and actual output is made is indicated.
CLOSE/OPEN output and status indication is made by the CLOSE/OPEN operation that
corresponds to the REMOTE/LOCAL setup.
If any equipment error is detected in the input/output testing, the following display is made
Input/output testing in the data area.
L4 F4568 (Only failure detection number is displayed. Check the corresponding item.)
F: Equipment failure
4/5: CB contact open/close jamming
6: CB trip coil open circuit
8: F-MPC60 internal circuit error
Refer to section 6 for processing of failure display.
The corresponding output is made if sheet switch SET and ENT are pressed simultaneously when any of the
code displays indicated below is selected.
If the product is provided with a communication function, the corresponding bit data is also transmitted.
(Only C0, CP EX)
Code display Test item and output Code display Test item and output Code display Test item and output
Equipment failure
C0 CP E0 50INST CP E8 51G
output
C1 Selective output 1 CP E1 51DT CP E9 50G
Relay forced motion
C2 Selective output 2 CP E2 51(OC) CP EA 64(OVG)
test *1,*1-2
C3 Selective output 3 CP EE 51DT2 CP Eb 67(DG)
C4 Selective output 4 CP E3 27(UV) CP EC OCA
C5 Selective output 5 CP EL 27-2(UV2) CP EF DGA(OCGA)
C6 Selective output 6 CP E4 59(OV)
Phase-unbalance
C7 Selective output 7 CP E6
current
Phase-unbalance
C8 Selective output 8 CP E7
voltage
Transducer output (4-20mA DC)
Code display Operation for test Code display Operation for test Code display Operation for test
Ao 4 4mA DC output Ao CH1 12mA at only CH1 Ao CH6 12mA at only CH6
Transducer output test
Ao 8 8mA DC output Ao CH2 12mA at only CH2
*2
Ao 12 12mA DC output Ao CH3 12mA at only CH3
Ao 16 16mA DC output Ao CH4 12mA at only CH4
Ao 20 20mA DC output Ao CH5 12mA at only CH5
Continue to table 4.6.2.

(Note) Explanation of C code display is printed on the panel sheet.


*1. Output that corresponds to the setting value of output is made in test of "CP EX". However, locked protection is omitted.
Example: Setting code 10 of protection 50INST is not "Lock", and of setting value of output of setting code 11 is "130".
When display is "CP E0", CB trip output and selective output 3 become ON if sheet switch SET and ENT are pressed simultaneously. Then, the ON state of
CB trip output and selective output 3 continue, even if the finger is separated from sheet switch. "1" of "130" means CB trip output: "valid", and "3" of "130"
means selective output: "3". If sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed, display is changed excluding "CP E0", and CB trip output and selective output 3 become OFF.
*1-2. In the product version V8A, during the examination (output ON ) of "CP EX" accompanied by a trip output, it improved so that "Close" and
"Open" instructions might not be received. In V8 or earlier, if "Close" is pushed during an examination (output ON), a breaker may supply.
*2. The transducer output testing is test item applicable only to product with transducer output.
At testing of "Ao 4,8,12,16 and 20", outputs of all channels are made simultaneously.

F-MPC60B-34
F-MPC60B 4. Operation and handling

Table 4.6.2 Test contents (continuation from table 4.6.1)


Test item Code display Operation for testing
Electric energy pulse output
P0 Output of one pulse (each time the sheet switch ENT is pressed)
Pulse output test Repeated pulse output of one pulse per second when sheet switch ENT is pressed.
P1 The output stops when sheet switch RST is pressed.
*) Pulse output isn't generated if P1 is initially selected. (Stop status)
Communication (reception/transmission) situation of RS485 is displayed in 7-SEG data division.

□ □ r u n

Communication Receiving monitor


monitor □ : Data reception / Blank : No reception
*3 Tr Transmission monitor
*4 □ : Data transmission / Blank : No transmission
Communication situation monitor
- - - : No reception or No reception to itself
r u n : Normal reception
c r c : MODBUS mode, Error detection - active
b c c : MPC-Net mode, Error detection - active
E r r : Detection of communication error
(parity error, framing error)

*3. The communication test is test item applicable only to product with RS485 communication. Product with T-link communication doesn't have
this test item.
In case of product with T-link communication, communication monitor is fixed to "---".
*4. It is possible to shift/return to/from the test data mode by the following operation when communication monitor is displayed.
Shift to the test data mode : Press ENT sheet switch.
Return from the test data mode : Press excluding ENT sheet switch (▲, ▼, SET, RST). Change the position of key switch.
Low 3-digits of 7-segment "Communication situation monitor" flicker during shift to test data mode.
Part of communication data is the data for test data mode when the unit is in the test data mode.
Refer to following documents for details.
Modbus : FEH911 "MODBUS-RTU(RS485) application manual"
RS485 : FEH866 "RS485 communication application manual"
T-link : FEH865 "T-link communication application manual"

F-MPC60B-35
F-MPC60B 5. Type and functions of external inpu/output

5. Type and functions of external input/output


Type and functions of input/output are as follows. Connection on the secondary side of the transformer isn't
described here.

5.1 Type and functions of external input


○: Provided
F-MPC60B series
Name Receiving Setting code Remarks
Feeder unit Bus unit
unit
Answerback signal of circuit breaker
CB52a ○ ○ --- ---
(CB) ON
Trip coil
○ ○ --- ---
TC disconnect monitor
Selective input 1 ○ ○ ○ 70 Duplex internal hardware (*Note1
Selective input 2 ○ ○ ○ 71 Duplex internal hardware (*Note1
Selective input 3 ○ ○ ○ 72 Duplex internal hardware (*Note1
Selective input 4 ○ ○ ○ 73
Selective input 5 ○ ○ ○ 74
Selective input 6 ○ ○ ○ 75
Selective input 7 ○ ○ --- 76
Selective input 8 ○ ○ --- 77
Refer to list of setting items of appendix table3 for the setting code.

*Note 1) The internal circuit of "selective input 1, 2 and 3" is dualized.


When "the external open" and/or "the external trip 1, 2" are used, it is effective for prevention of erroneous interception by accidental failure
if these functions apply to selective input 1-3.

"Selection input" can select functions of the input by the setting. Contents are as follows. The correspondence to various
systems becomes easier by this selection.
Delay of response time from input to output is about 70ms in case of using DC voltage input, and it is about 90ms in case
of using AC voltage input. In addition, it takes about 40ms to determine the input for the minimum pulse width by AC/DC
voltage input. Consider these conditions for using.
All items in the following table are selectable for the receiving unit and the feeder unit. However, only item with mark (○)
of the following table are selectable for the bus unit.

Table 5.1.1 List of input functions (1/2)


Setting
No.
Item Function and use Remarks Bus
Lock No function ○
The function is the same as that of sheet switch ▼ on the panel face (when the key switch is in
External display the "NORMAL" position).
01 ○
select switch * Valid in the case of switching of display by external operation such as operation on the panel
face.

External reset The function is the same as that of the sheet switch RST on the panel face (when the key switch
02 is in the "NORMAL" position). ○
switch
* Valid in the case of operating reset by external operation such as operation on the panel face.
Transmission
03 ○
element 1
Transmission
04 ○
element 2
Transmission
05 ○
element 3 General-purpose communication input (T-link and RS485)
Transmission * Valid as local remote DI input of the high-order controller (through communication).
06 ○
element 4
Transmission
07
element 5
Transmission
08
element 6
CB "OFF" input
09 CB52b Note 2
*When CB52b is selected, display of CB "OFF" is made by this input.
10 External OFF External CB "OFF" signal when remote is selected.
11 External ON External CB "ON" signal when remote is selected.
Continue to table 5.1.2

F-MPC60B-36
F-MPC60B 5. Type and functions of external inpu/output

Table 5.1.2 List of input functions (2/2)


Setting
No. Item Function and use Remarks Bus
External 43
(Selection of ON: Remote / OFF: Local
12
external *The "remote/local select switch" on the panel face is invalid when this function is selected.
remote/local)
Selection of CB ON/OFF valid signal when remote is selected by remote-local selection.
Selection of ON: Field (external) operation is valid. / OFF: Center (communication) operation is valid.
13
field/center *When this function is not selected, ON/OFF operation is valid at both field and center. ("OFF"
takes precedence of "ON" if duplicate operation is performed.)
CB ON
14 Circuit breaker ON is interlocked when input is ON (close lock).
interlock
CB OFF
15 Circuit breaker OFF is interlocked when input is ON (open lock).
interlock
CB ON/OFF
16 Circuit breaker ON/OFF is interlocked when input is ON (open/close lock).
interlock
17 External trip 1 External trip input (with lockout: signal OFF by reset) Display "E5"
17-1 External trip 1-1 External trip input (with lockout: signal OFF by reset) Display "E5-1"
17-2 External trip 1-2 External trip input (with lockout: signal OFF by reset) Display "E5-2"
17-3 External trip 1-3 External trip input (with lockout: signal OFF by reset) Display "E5-3"
17-4 External trip 1-4 External trip input (with lockout: signal OFF by reset) Display "E5-4"
18 External trip 2 External trip input (without lockout) Display "E5"
18-1 External trip 2-1 External trip input (without lockout) Display "E5-1"
18-2 External trip 2-2 External trip input (without lockout) Display "E5-2"
18-3 External trip2-3 External trip input (without lockout) Display "E5-3"
18-4 External trip2-4 External trip input (without lockout) Display "E5-4"
19 External alarm 1 When the external alarm is set, input signal condition is transferred by communication, and code
20 External alarm 2 display "Ed" is performed in case of input "ON".
21-1 Test position 1 The output test while the key switch is located Trip output: Invalid Element output: Invalid
21-2 Test position 2 in the "TEST" position is valid when the input Trip output: Invalid Element output: Valid
is ON. Note 3
21-3 Test position 3 * Signal for interlocking with circuit breaker Trip output: Valid Element output: Invalid
21-4 Test position 4 in thedraw-out position Trip output: Valid Element output: Valid
(22) Wh pulse input Wh pulse integrated input/integrated value are transmitted. (Only selective input 8 is valid) Note 4
Only relay output is reset by input "ON" after protective operation.
External reset switch (Usable only in selecting NORMAL of key switch.)
24 Note 5 ○
(special) Operation of sheet switch RST or transmission reset on the panel face is used for resetting of only the display
and transmission data.

Note 1. About setting of selective input, at key switch "SET" mode, select "setting code" of input1-8 and set "setting No.".
Refer to section 4.3 for operation procedure. (Don't set the same function except for "Lock". Erratic operation may occur.)

Note 2. According to the presence of the setting of CB52b and " 52a and 52b input of CB", "ON LED" and "OFF LED" on the panel are as follows.
Setting In the case of no setting of "CB52b" In the case of setting of "CB52b"
Input “Close” LED “Open” LED “Close” LED “Open” LED
52a input: ON ○ (Lighting) ● (Lights-out) ○ (Lighting) ---
52a input: OFF ● (Lights-out) ○ (Lighting) ● (Lights-out) ---
52b input: ON --- --- --- ○ (Lighting)
52b input: OFF --- --- --- ● (Lights-out)

Note 3. When there is not this selection, if key switch Test is selected, the output test becomes effective without conditions.
When this selection is set, trip output and element output are switched between validity and invalidity by this setting in normal running
(except for selecting key switch TEST). At this time, note that close/open relay isn't output.

Note 4. When demand monitoring or the like is performed with a high-order controller, monitoring without errors can be performed if Wh pulse
output signals from an electric power supply meter are incorporated. Selective input 8 is the only valid select function. The minimum signal
width is 100ms(both ON and OFF) when Wh pulse input is set.

Note 5. In case of using this function, don't set "02"(external reset) to other inputs. Erratic operation may occur in reset operation.

F-MPC60B-37
F-MPC60B 5. Type and functions of external inpu/output

5.2 Setting of external input


For setup of selective input "1"-"8" (bus unit is input "1"-"6"), setting a "Set number" by using setting code
"70"-"77" (bus unit is "70"-"75"). By using appendix table 3 of list of setting items, decide setting number
(function) in advance.
Setting example is shown as follows.

Example
(1) Set the setting number (function) of the following table to selective input1-8.
Code Name of setting function Set number (function) Remarks
70 Setting selective input 1 Setting No.17 (External Trip) Selective input 1 is set to the external trip 1.
71 Setting selective input 2 Setting No.10 (External OFF) Selective input 2 is set to the external OFF.
72 Setting selective input 3 Setting No.11 (External ON) Selective input 3 is set to the external ON.
73 Setting selective input 4 Setting No.09 (CB52b) Selective input 4 is set to answerback signal input of CBs OFF.
Setting No.21-1 (Test position Selective input 5 is set to signal of CB draw-out position when
74 Setting selective input 5
1) "TEST" is selected.
Setting No.03 (Transmission Selective input 6 is set for transmission element 1.
75 Setting selective input 6
element 1) Use as local remote DI input of the high-order controller.
Setting No.04 (Transmission Selective input 7 is set for transmission element 2.
76 Setting selective input 7
element 2) Use as local remote DI input of the high-order controller
Setting No.05 (Transmission Selective input 8 is set for transmission element 3.
77 Setting selective input 8
element 3) Use as local remote DI input of the high-order controller

(2) Refer to section 4.3 for the operating procedure of setting.


For example, for setting selective input 1, select "70" of setting code and set "17" of setting number.
Likewise, for set appropriate "Setting number" "71"-"77" of setting code.

5.3 Type and function of external output


Name Receiving unit Feeder unit Bus unit Remarks
Alarm ○ ○ ○ Equipment failure signal
CB ON ○ ○ --- CB ON operation output
CB OFF ○ ○ --- CB OFF operation output
CB trip ○ ○ --- CB trip output
Selective output 1 ○ ○ ○
Selective output 2 ○ ○ ○
Selective output 3 ○ ○ ○
Selective output 4 ○ ○ ○
Selective output 5 ○ ○ ○
Selective output 6 ○ ○ ---
Selective output 7 ○ ○ ---
Selective output 8 ○ ○ ---

Function and motion


(1) With or without CB trip output can be set for each protective relay element. If multiple protective elements are set
"with trip output", the trip outputs become "OR" output motion.
(2) Selective output can be set as an alarm output of each protective relay. If multiple protective elements are set for the
same selective output, the outputs become "OR" output motion.
(3) Setup of selective output can use the following besides item of (2)
Name Function Setting code
Failure pickup (batch) Output ON by pickup of operation value of any protective relay (automatic rest) 81
Transmission element 1 General-purpose output 82
Transmission element 2 * Valid as local remote DO of high-order controller (through communication). 83
Output of remote/local
84
selection status
Trip auxiliary contact output It is "ON" when trip output is "ON", and it is "OFF" when trip output is "OFF". 85
When TC disconnection occurs, it can be output by one of alarm output or output
TC disconnect monitor output 86
1-8.
Reset output When reset operation is performed, it can be used for reset signal to outside. 87

F-MPC60B-38
F-MPC60B 5. Type and functions of external inpu/output

5.4 Setting of external output


For setup of selective output 1-8, use setting codes 11, 14, 18, 1b, 1E, 23, 26, 2A, 32, 38, 42, 45, 48, 52 and
81-87.
Setting example is the following.

Example
(1) Decide output in operation of each protective relay.
○: It means that there is output.
×: It means that there is no output.
Type of protective Presence of CB Presence of Number of selective
Setting code Remarks
relay element trip output *Note1 alarm output output for alarm output
Protection INST (50) 11 ○ ○ The alarm output of "50"
Protection DT (51) 14 ○ ○ Selective output 1 and "51" is made for
Protection OC (51) 18 ○ ○ selective output 1.
Protection DG 32 ○ ○ Selective output 2 The alarm output of "DG",
Protection OV 42 × ○ Selective output 3 "OV", "UV" and "OVG" is
Protection UV 45 × ○ Selective output 4 made for selective output 2
Protection OVG 52 × ○ Selective output 5 to 5 individually.
*Note1. CB trip output indicates case in which 50INST, 51DT, 51OC and DG are "OR" output.

(2) Output setting of each protective relay is indicated below.


□□□
Lockout With: 1 Without: 0
Output contact selection Contact1-8: 1-8 No output: 0
CB trip output With: 1 Without: 0
Setting for shipping: 000 Trip output: Without
Output contact selection: No contact output
Lockout: Without

・ With lockout As for setting both display and output continue and the "CLOSE" signal is invalidated until the
sheet switch RST is pressed, even after the cause of the error was eliminated.
・ Without lockout As for setting the output (continues for at least 1 second) resets automatically when the cause of
the error was eliminated. But the display is continued until the sheet switch RST is pressed.

When the setting is "with lockout" in the case of item(1), setting value is shown below.
Type of protective relay Setting code No. Setting value
element
Protection INST (50) 11 111
Protection DT (51) 14 111
Protection OC (51) 18 111
Protection DG 32 121
Protection OV 42 031
Protection UV 45 041
Protection OVG 52 051

(3) Refer to section 4.3 for the operating procedure of setting value.
For example, for setting protective INST (50), select "11" of setting code and set "111" for setting number.

F-MPC60B-39
F-MPC60B 5. Type and functions of external inpu/output

5.5 Explanation about ON/OFF/trip output motion


(1) Once the subject input signal is finalized (soft filter about 20ms), the ON/OFF/trip output continue for one second at
least even if the input is not performed thereafter.
And CB trip output can select manual-rest or automatic-reset by setting of the presence of lockout.
(2) When ON/OFF operations are performed simultaneously, the OFF motion takes precedence.
Detection of "ON" signal is made at the rising edge (ON). Therefore, if "OFF" operation is performed in the state of
continuous "ON" signal ON, "Open" output is performed. Then, "Close" output isn't performed until "ON" signal
becomes OFF and becomes ON again.
Over 200ms

"ON" operation signal ON OFF ON

"OFF" operation signal ON

"Close" output

"Open" output

(3) The "ON" signal isn’t accepted during CB trip output.


(4) At setting code No.65, any "OFF" operation ("OFF" of external input and communication) becomes effective
regardless of the selection of "REMOTE/LOCAL" when the OFF precedence is set at "1".
If the OFF precedence is set at "0", operation is as clause (1) and (2).
(5) It takes over 200ms to become ON after "ON" or "OFF" signal become OFF.

Supplement
There is "test position" input signal as a signal input that is related to the close/open/trip output action.
This signal is for identification whether CB is normal running position or extraction position.
When external input is set as the "test position", only when test position input is OFF, each output operation is performed in
"NORMAL" mode. And only when test position input is ON, each output operation is performed in "TEST" mode. However, in case
of trip output, output (valid/invalid) is switched according to test position input setting of selective input.
When external input isn't set as "test position", each output operation is performed without conditions in "NORMAL" mode and
"TEST" mode.

Table 5.5.1 Output operation (After Version V7c)


Selection of test position Key switch "NORMAL"
Input "ON" Input "OFF"
Close Open Trip Output Close Open Trip Output
contact contact
Common None Valid Valid Valid Valid
V7 → Test position 1 (21-1) Invalid Invalid
V6 → Test position 2 (21-2) Invalid Valid Valid Valid Valid Valid
Invalid Invalid
Test position 3 (21-3) Valid Invalid
Test position 4 (21-4) Valid Valid

Table 5.5.2 Output operation (After Version V7c)


Selection of test position Key switch "TEST"
Input "ON" Input "OFF"
Close Open Trip Output Close Open Trip Output
contact contact
Common None Valid Valid Valid Valid
V7 → Test position 1 (21-1)
V6 → Test position 2 (21-2) Valid Valid Valid Valid
Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid
Test position 3 (21-3)
Test position 4 (21-4)
Operation of version V6 product is same as "Test position 2(21-2)". Operation of version V7 product is same as "Test position
1(21-1)".
"Output contact" is selective output by setting of protective relay. (Refer to section 5.4 for details.)

F-MPC60B-40
F-MPC60B 6. Relay action, action to equipment failure and reading of code display

6. Relay action, action to equipment failure and reading of code display


The code display (7-SEG LED of 2 digits) isn't lit during normal running.
If it lights up, perform the following action.

6.1 Outline of the code display


Lighting of code display during normal running indicates the equipment failure of main unit or peripheral of
F-MPC60B series or relay action for accident.
"F□" indicates equipment failure, and "E□" indicates relay action.

6.2 Reading of code display and action


(1) Equipment failure
When equipment failure is detected, ALARM LED is lit up and equipment failure relay is operated besides the code
display. If the code display is not FE, running is continued and an equipment failure code and normal operation
display (measured data) are switched to display in every about 1 second.

Running of
Code display Description Action
this unit
Check after powering off and powering on again.
Serious failure in F-MPC60B
FE Stop If FE is still lighting, contact selling office or our
(CPU, ROM, RAM, etc. error)
sales office.
T-link communication error Check the cause in the T-link communication
F1 Continue
(Detection: about continuous 20s) system
Error in MN-signal line for DG
Equipment failure

F2 Continue Check the MN-signal system


(Disconnection, short-circuit, no-connection)
LED: lighting

Unbalance in 3-phase of PT, CT signal


F3 Continue Check the external wiring
F□

(Selectable of valid/invalid)
F4 CB contact open jamming Continue Check the CB ON/OFF wiring and answerback
F5 CB contact close jamming Continue signal wiring
F6 Disconnection of CB trip coil Continue Check the trip coil TC system
F7 History data error (Mismatch of memory check data) Continue Set the history data again
Error in F-MPC60B constant monitoring internal
F8 Continue Check after pressing RST of sheet switch
circuit
After setting frequency correctly, turn off control
F9 Error in setting frequency 50/60Hz Continue
power supply and turn it on again
・ F1, F2 and F3 are reset automatically when the cause of failure is eliminated.
・ F6 is reset automatically when the cause of failure is eliminated. It also goes out when the sheet switch RST is pressed
in the state of CB OFF. (If the trip coil TC disconnect monitor function isn't used, set "Trip coil TC disconnect
monitor: None" in the setting.)
・ If cause of error is transient large noise, F8 goes out by operation of RST sheet switch. If F8 doesn't go out, turn off
control power supply and turn on it again. If F8 doesn't still goes out, it has internal trouble.
・ F4 and F5 go out when the sheet switch RST is pressed.
・ FE has the possibility of the internal trouble. Therefore, turn off control power supply and turn it on again at the time
of checking. If FE doesn't still goes out, it has internal trouble.
・ For other cases, self-maintain by failure detection. Then, if cause of error is eliminated, the display goes out by
operation of RST sheet switch.
・ Determination of F3 display (unbalance in 3-phase of PT and CT signal) is as follows.
・ Unbalance in 3-phase current
When the current of over 40% of protection OC setting value (or CT rated value (No using protection OC)) is conducted on at least one of
A-phase, B-phase and C-phase, if the state that minimum current value in A, B and C-phase current is smaller than 35% of maximum value
continues for 10 seconds, it is determined as unbalance in 3-phase current.
・ Unbalance in 3-phase voltage
When the voltage of over 40% of VT rated voltage is applied on at least one of AB-phase, BC-phase and CA-phase, if the state that
minimum current value in AB, BC and CA-phase voltage is smaller than 70% of maximum value continues for 10 seconds, it is determined
as unbalance in 3-phase voltage.

(Note) Checking method for MN-signal


Output in normal status is continuous current 12VDC, and output in abnormal status is pulse signal. Therefore, if MN-signal is measured in
abnormal status by circuit tester (DC range), terminal voltage of MN-signal (terminal "M" is positive) is 6-12VDC.
When terminal voltage is 0V, there is possibility of disconnection, short-circuit or no-connection. And when terminal voltage is negative value, there
is possibility of reverse connection.

F-MPC60B-41
F-MPC60B 6. Relay action, action to equipment failure and reading of code display

(2) Relay action


When relay action occurs, relay action, LED lighting, and corresponding alarm output (trip) are performed besides the
code display. Check the cause for relay action. Explanation of E□ code is printed on the front panel sheet.

Description of relay action


Code display
Bus unit Feeder unit Receiving unit
E0 --- 50INST 50INST
E1 --- 51DT 51DT
EE --- 51DT2 51DT2
E2 --- 51OC 51OC
E3 27 (UV) --- 27 (UV)
EL 27-2 (UV2) --- 27-2 (UV2)
E4 59 (OV) --- 59 (OV)
E□
E5, E5-X --- External trip External trip
Relay action E6 --- Phase-unbalance current Phase-unbalance current
LED: Lighting E7 --- Phase-unbalance voltage Phase-unbalance voltage
E8 --- --- 51G
E9 --- --- 50G
EA 64 (OVG) --- 64 (OVG)
Eb --- DG (OCG) DG (OCG)
Ec --- OCA OCA
Ed --- External alarm External alarm
EF --- DGA/OCGA DGA/OCGA
・ When PLURAL FAULTS LED is lit, code display is switched to display by pressing sheet switch ▼ or ▲.
・ The relay action display and T-link data are maintained after the cause of the failure is eliminated, and they go out
when the sheet switch RST is pressed. Even if the control power supply becomes power failure at the state in which
the sheet switch RST has not been pressed yet, storage is done automatically, and the status before the power failure is
output and displayed when the control power supply is recovered.
・ When the E□ code display is flickering, it means relay detection. (Operates after elapse of timer.)

(Note1) When the OC relay is operated, the maximum accident current value (unit: A) and operation time (unit: s) are switched to display in every about 1 seconds.
Operation time display of OC relay and 51G relay is for reference.
(Note 2) When DG relay is performed in the receiving unit, the maximum accident value of zero-phase current (unit: A) and the maximum accident
value of zero-phase voltage (unit: V) are switched to display in every about 1 second.

6.3 Method of relay test


Refer to "Relay unit test" of appendix table4.
Relay test is performed in "NORMAL" position of key switch because this test is for relay operation
value/operation time test in normal running status. (The protective function doesn't work when the key switch
is in the position of "TEST".)

Caution in test
(1) The allowable continuous conduction time of phase current input circuit is shown in the following table (CT
secondary: 5A). Perform adjustment of test current and test based on this table.

Input current The allowable continuous Input current The allowable continuous
conduction time conduction time
0 to 15A Continuous conduction 40 to 80A 6.3s
15 to 20A 100s 80 to 100A 4s
20 to 40A 25s
The overload capacity of current input unit is "200A per 1 second -2 times (the 1 minute interval)". Test based on this.

(2) This unit contains "the band pass filter" in order to prevent the unnecessary action according to the harmonic.
By the selection setting of "50Hz or 60Hz", the circuit constant of "the band pass filter" is automatically switched.
Therefore, input the signal equal to "50Hz or 60Hz" setting frequency in the relay test.
In case of the test by generators, etc., test it within ±2.5% of the rated frequency set as a standard.
(3) Caution after test
Refer to section 4.5 and set current/voltage maximum values to "0". If maximum value of test remains, value in
running and value of test are indistinguishable.

F-MPC60B-42
F-MPC60B 7. Maintenance and inspection

7. Maintenance and inspection


7.1 Inspection items
Perform maintenance and inspection as indicated below to use the product in the stable state.

Inspection period
No. Inspection item Description of inspection Criteria for judgment
Daily Periodically
Ambient temperature 50°C or less (annual average 40°C or less).
Ambient humidity 90% or less (no condensation on the surface)
1 Ambient environment Vibration ○ No vibration
Excessive contamination or accumulation of
Dust, etc.
dust should not be observed
2 Display of error code Check visually (*Note1 ○ F□ should not be displayed
Check for looseness and play
of the unit
Check for abnormal noise,
odor and discoloration Looseness and other abnormality in the
3 Mounting conditions ○ ○
Check for looseness of screws external appearance should not be observed
of external wiring
Check for damage and
deterioration to external wiring
Assure that POWER and RUN
4 Indicator LEDs ○
LEDs are lit
Assure that setting values are
5 Setting values ○
normally displayed (*Note2
6 Relay test ○
Elimination of
7 Remove dust, etc. ○
foreign matter
Note 1. Errors detected by self-diagnosis, etc. are output by alarm contact output or host computer communication besides display on the main unit.
Note 2. When communication function is used, high-order controller can confirm the setting value.

・ The main purpose of the daily check is the check such as the appearance and structure of a relay and also
switchboard. As for the daily check, please carry out per several months to the rough standard.
Also, please carry out the inspection promptly, in the case that it corresponds to the next items.
(1) It is in the case that the fear is admitted that abnormality occurs by the daily check and the periodic
check.
(2) It is in the case that the abnormality is admitted by automatic monitoring (continuous monitoring
/automatic inspection) function.
(3) In the case that the setting value and the sequence circuit of the relay are changed.

・ The main purpose of the periodic check is the check such as the protective relay functions and
characteristics etc. As for the periodic check, carry out 1 time in 2-4 years to the rough standard.
Refer to section 6.3 and appendix table4 for method for relay test.

7.2 Design Life


The exchange part in a periodic check does not exist.
The design life of F-MPC60B series is 15 years at ambient temperature 40°C per a year. If temperature goes
up 10°C, life becomes about half.
The vent (the slit) is open on the upper part and lower part of the case main body. There is the fear that the
product life becomes short, because the inside temperature goes up when the vent of this device is closed.
Therefore, please avoid to close the vent.
Please understand, also, design life is not guarantee-life. Please exchange this device when this device
reached life.

F-MPC60B-43
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

8. Related products
Combination devices and related products of this product (F-MPC60B) are shown in the following.
No. Name Overview Section
EVT (Tertiary rated voltage: 110VAC or 190VAC) and ZPD (zero-phase
potential input device) can be selected for detection of the zero-phase voltage by
Zero-phase potential input setting. EVT can't be used with ZPD simultaneously.
device: ZPD
ZPD-1 (Note1 In the ZPD combination, ZPD-1 or ZPD-2 (made in Fuji Electric FA
1 Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.) is used and is given. The hybrid use with other 8.1
ZPD is not possible.
ZPD-2 is the succession machine of ZPD-1.
Zero-phase potential input
It is composed of the followings.
device: ZPD
・ The zero-phase voltage detection insulator division.
ZPD-2
・ The transformer box.
AC power supply unit Output (about 100VDC) for the F-MPC60B controlled source and capacitor
2 8.2
UM2P-A1 unfastening power supply output for the circuit breaker are contained.
Zero-phase current
transformer: ZCT
Please use the products of which the ratio between ground fault current of
ZCE□A/□
3 primary side and output current of secondary side is 200mA/1.5mA(JEC-1201), 8.3
ZCED□/□
when zero-phase current transformer is used.
(Manufactured: Fuji Electric FA
Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.)
Note 1. Type ZPD-1 is discontinued model. Use ZPD-2 instead of ZPD-1.
The combination is unnecessary for ZPD, when zero-phase voltage measurement and ground directional relay (67G) are not used.
The combination is unnecessary for ZCT, when zero-phase current measurement and ground directional relay (67G) are not used.

F-MPC60B-44
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

8.1 Zero-phase potential input device


8.1.1 Type: ZPD-1 (This product is already discontinued model. Use ZPD-2 of showing section 8.1.2.)
Use zero-phase potential input device manufactured by Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.
for ZPD that uses to combine with F-MPC60. Other ZPD can't be used.
This unit and ZPD-1 type zero-phase potential input device are used as one-to-one connection. When
several feeder units exist on bus line and protection 67G of distribution system is used, one ZPD-1 type can
be used by following method.

MN-output-signal and MN-input-signal (V0-phase signal)


F-MPC60B (receiving unit) receives the zero-phase voltage signal from ZPD-1, and MN-output is output
instantaneously as phase-pulse-signal from No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A if zero-phase voltage signal is over
67G (MN) voltage (setting value) of the setting code No.34.

Feeder unit distinguishes the phase of Vo (MN-input-signal) and Io (zero-phase current signal of this unit)
and operates as ground directional relay (67G), if pulse-phase-signal is input from No.4 and No.6 of
terminal-A of feeder unit and Vo and Io is over the setting value level.
(Note) The total length of MN-signal line must be less than 100m, and connected unit must be less than 50 units.
Use twisted cable (or twisted wire) for MN-signal line.

ZCT F-MPC60B
Receiving unit
(1) Set voltage operation value of
67G at the setting code
No.34.

No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A

MN-signal

ZPD-1 type
ZCT Feeder unit Feeder unit Feeder unit
F-MPC60B F-MPC60B F-MPC60B EA
No.2 No.3 No.4
(Max. 50unit) MN-signal line
(Total length: under 100m)

No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A

Zero-phase potential input device


Structure Indoor use, epoxy-resin insulator
Type ZPD-1
Rated voltage 7.2kV
Electrostatic capacitance 3×250pF
Dielectric strength Class 6A, 22kV AC (1 minute), Lightning impulse 60kV 1.2/50μs
Dimensions of Zero-phase potential input device (Type: ZPD-1)
3-M10 Depth =17 It is packed and shipped in wired condition.

Electromagnetic cap

300 max. 300 max.

Mass: 3.6kg (3-piece/1set)

F-MPC60B-45
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

8.1.2 Type: ZPD-2


Use zero-phase potential input device manufactured by Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems Co.,Ltd.
for ZPD that uses to combine with F-MPC60. Other ZPD can't be used.
This unit and ZPD-2 type zero-phase potential input device are used as one-to-one connection. When
several feeder units exist on bus line and protection 67G of distribution system is used, one ZPD-2 type can
be used by following method.

MN-output-signal and MN-input-signal (V0-phase signal)


F-MPC60B (receiving unit) receives the zero-phase voltage signal from ZPD-2, and MN-output is output
instantaneously as phase-pulse-signal from No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A if zero-phase voltage signal is over
67G (MN) voltage (setting value) of the setting code No.34.

Feeder unit distinguishes the phase of Vo (MN-input-signal) and Io (zero-phase current signal of this unit)
and operates as ground directional relay (67G), if pulse-phase-signal is input from No.4 and No.6 of
terminal-A of feeder unit and Vo and Io is over the setting value level.
(Note) The total length of MN-signal line must be less than 100m, and connected unit must be less than 50 units.
Use twisted cable (or twisted wire) for MN-signal line.

ZCT F-MPC60B
Receiving unit
(1) Set voltage operation value
of 67G at the setting code
No.34.

Insulator
Transformer No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A

MN-signal

ZPD-2 type
ZCT Feeder unit Feeder unit Feeder unit
F-MPC60B F-MPC60B F-MPC60B EA
No.2 No.3 No.4
(Max. 50unit)
MN-signal line
(Total length: under 100m)
No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A No.4 and No.6 of terminal-A

Type ZPD-2
Rated voltage 6.6kV
Rated frequency The common use of 50Hz/60Hz
Electrostatic capacitance 250PF×3
Dielectric strength Class 6A
Dielectric Between high-voltage side terminal and 22kVAC for 1minute
strength low-voltage side terminal/the earth Lightning impulse 60kV 1.2/50μs
Between low-voltage side terminal and 2kVAC for 1minute
the earth
Mass 2.4kg (Insulator: 3set 1.83kg, Transformer box: 0.5kg)
The service space Indoor

Insulator ×3

Voltage transformer

F-MPC60B-46
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

The composition of zero-phase potential input device (Type: ZPD-2)

Insulator (3-piece/1-kit)

Max. Max.
300mm 300mm Cable length: 0.45m

Transformer box
Cable length: 1m

Input terminal of the


zero-phase voltage test
Output terminal of ZPD

EA

EA

The marked tube in which there is


mark of "N" and "E" in lead wire
terminal of accessory is the transformer
box side.
"N" mark of connection wire is
connected to N terminal of the
transformer box, and "E" mark is
connected to EA terminal.

F-MPC60B-47
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

Dimensions of zero-phase potential input device (Type: ZPD-2)

Zero-phase voltage insulator (3-piece / 1-kit)

62

50

2-Φ9 40 R2.75

80.5
35

50
21

View from direction A

Φ61

32±0.5 Electrode cap


24
90±1

11
Insulator mounting plate

Type: ZPD-2 includes "insulator mounting plate".

F-MPC60B-48
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

Dimensions of zero-phase potential input device (Type: ZPD-2)

Zero-phase voltage transformer

90

80

2-Φ9

18

40

57.6
2-R2.75

79

68 56

83

2-Φ9

2-R2.75
80 79

90

Terminal block specification


110
Rating: 600V 30A
Material: PBT (94V-0) color: black
Connecting screw: M4×8L brass

F-MPC60B-49
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

8.2 AC power supply unit


This unit is AC/DC power supply unit for backup in instantaneous interruption that is used in combination
when F-MPC60B is used in AC control power supply.
Capacitor unfastening power supply is built-in. (capacitance: 1500μF)
The following are shown: Protection 27(UV) and utilization of UM2P-A1.
Protective function 27(UV) This unit (UM2P-A1) Note
Operation time of 27: 0s UM2P-A1 is unnecessary. Protection 50(INST) and
or no using protection 27 27(UV) are operated.
Operation time of 27: 1.0s or less UM2P-A1 is necessary. Protection 27(UV) is operated.
Operation time or 27: 1.0s or more UM2P-A1 is necessary.
External capacitor, etc. is also necessary.
This power supply unit can be connected to one unit of F-MPC.
Item Specification
Type UM2P-A1
Rated voltage 100VAC
Input voltage
Allowable voltage fluctuation range 85 to 125VAC
Control power supply for F-MPC60
80 to 143VDC (Control power supply: 85 to 125VAC)
(No5 and No.6 of terminal)
Output voltage
Capacitor unfastening power supply
85 to 175VDC (Control power supply: ON)
(No.3 and No.4 of terminal)
Control power supply for F-MPC60: 0.15A (control power supply and DI input current) at 110VDC
Output current Capacitor unfastening power supply: C=150μF
This unit can be only used one-to-one with F-MPC.
Control power supply for F-MPC60: 1s or more
Allowable power
Capacitor unfastening power supply: Over 75VDC(charging voltage) after 30 seconds in case of
interrupting time
power failure in 60VAC
Operating ambient
-10 to 60°C (no condensation, no ice)
temperature
Inrush current 15A or less, 4.5ms or less (100VAC 50Hz)
Display LED (charge indication of capacitor for capacitor unfastening)
Dielectric strength Between electric circuit and ground: 10MΩ or more (500VDC megger)
Withstand voltage Between electric and ground: 2kVAC, 1minute
Impulse Between electric and ground: 4.5kV, 1.2/50μs
Control power supply voltage 85 to 125VAC
Mass 1.5kg
Note 1. Between electric circuit: Between "(1) and (2)" and "(3), (4), (5) and (6)"
Note 2. UV relay isn't operated in case of using only this power supply unit (UM2P-A1) even if operation time is set to 1s or more
by the UV measurement function of the receiving unit, because allowable power interrupting time is 1s.
If UV is 1s or more, the external capacitor (withstand voltage: 200V) is used in combination with control output of this
power supply unit (UM2P-A1). Refer to following table for the external capacitor.
Note 3. Input voltage of this power supply unit (UM2P-A1) is supplied 100VAC from primary side of CB. If it is supplied from
secondary side the display of accident isn't displayed in F-MPC60B because this power supply unit is power failure.
Operation time of protection Capacitance of external capacitor Example of capacitor
27(UV)
1.2s to 2.0s 1500μF LNT2D152MSE (Made by Nichicon)
2.2s to 5.0s 6800μF LNT2D682MSE (Made by Nichicon)
6.0s or more 1600μF×t (μF) t: Operation time of protection 27

100VAC
DS AC power supply unit: UM2P-A1
(1)

(2) +
+ +
(4) (3) (6) (5)

CB TC +
Capacitor C (Note2
29 30 2 1 Terminal B
3
Control power supply
Trip output ED
Digital Multiple Function relay: F-MPC60B

F-MPC60B-50
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

Block diagram
Overcurrent 5 +
protection
Diode bridge F-MPC60
C
Control power supply
6 -

1 Overcurrent 3 +
D protection
C Capacitor unfastening
SW power supply output
2 4 -
SW for discharge
n : Indicate the terminal number

Dimensions (mm)
Terminal screw
□144 (M3.5) Panel cutout
Panel mounting
bracket □138 +10
Terminal cover

Mounting screw
(M3.5)

84.3
15.5 97.8

□137

F-MPC60B-51
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

Reference diagram
When F-MPC60B series is used by AC power supply and the protection 27(UV) is selected in the F-MPC60B
series, use the UPS or the AC power supply (UM2P-A1).
Case in which AC power supply unit (UM2P-A1) is applied is explained
(1) If the accident occurs at the load side, the voltage especially decreases instantaneously, when the control
voltage of the F-MPC60B series is supplied from same system.
Therefore, F-MPC60B series becomes power failure status and all function can't operate.
The F-MPC60B series operates correctly for the protection 50 that are detected before power failure.
(2) When the F-MPC60B series is used with the AC power supply (UM2P-A1) and the power supply is
turned off, the UM2P-A1 keeps the supplying the power to the F-MPC60B series for 1 second.
Therefore, it can construct the system in which the protection 27 is performed correctly.
(3) The signal of "52a" and "Input 1-8" must be supplied from the AC power supply (UM2P-A1).
Erratic operation may be caused because F-MPC60B series may misjudge in input if transient power
failure occurs in using AC power supply.
(4) Refer to the next figure when the trip coil TC disconnect monitor is performed, connect to AC power
supply line of terminal No.1 side of AC power supply (UM2P-A1) as shown in next figure.
(5) Use the AC power as the source voltage of the output contacts.
If the output of the UM2P-A1 is used as the source voltage of the output contact, the operation time is
influenced after the power failure by the current capacity of the load. Do not use the AC power as the
signal that is directly related to the CB trip, because output becomes no operatable with lowering of AC
power.
(6) AC power supply unit includes in independent unfastening power supply (capacitance 1500μF) for CB
trip for stability trip of CB

[Example]

H.V
AC power supply unit (UM2P-A1) (5)
VT or OPTr
(2)
100VDC
1 16····· ·····24 25
5(+) 1 F-MPC60B (UM4 type) (Output1-8,
2 Alarm)
(Trip coil TC disconnect monitor
6(-) 2 Terminal No.15)
4(-) 3(+) 30 29 28 15 14 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

CB 52
(6)

(4)
CT
(3) Input1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Input 52a

Short
TR 52a

TC (Capacitor unfastening system)

F-MPC60B-52
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

8.3 Zero-phase current transformer


As the zero-phase current transformer that is used with the F-MPC60B series, use the next ZCT.
Type: ZCE□A/□ is the through-type ZCT, and type: ZCED□A/□ is the split-type ZCT.
■ Specification, Type, Code
Type ZCE□A/□ ZCED□A/□
Code JW3G1 JW3H1
Maximum voltage Dependence on applicable voltage of used cable
Dielectric strength Dependence on dielectric strength of used cable
Secondary terminal, the test terminal: 2kVAC for 1 minute
Rated current-proof Dependence on current-proof of used cable
Rated zero-phase current Primary 200mA
Secondary 1.5mA
Accuracy class L-class (1.0 - 2.0mA)
Rated burden 10 Ώ (Power factor: 0.5 lag)
Rated overcurrent multiple n0>2000
Rated exciting impedance Z0>10Ώ
Rated frequency 50/60Hz common use

■ Type and rating


Type Code Applicable primary current [A] Diameter of hole [mm]
ZCE1A/200 JW3G1-200 0 to 200 Note 1 65
ZCE2A/400 JW3G1-400 0 to 400 80
ZCE3A/750 JW3G1-750 0 to 750 100
ZCE4A/1200 JW3G1-1200 0 to 1200 125
ZCE5A/3000 JW3G1-3000 0 to 3000 190
ZCED1/200 JW3H1-200 0 to 200 Note 1 65
ZCED2/400 JW3H1-400 0 to 400 90
ZCED3/600 JW3H1-600 0 to 600 100
ZCED4/750 JW3H1-750 0 to 750 130
ZCED5/1500 JW3H1-1500 0 to 1500 150
Note 1. It means that can apply to all primary current in which the applicable primary current is "0 to 200A".

F-MPC60B-53
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

■ Dimensions [unit: mm]

ZCE type

Nameplate

Secondary terminal:
M5
Test terminal:
M5

Type Primary current d X Y Z H W Mass


[A] [kg]
ZCE1A/200 200 65 140 75 180 110 90 4.0
ZCE2A/400 400 80 160 90 210 130 90 5.6
ZCE3A/750 750 100 185 105 248 155 120 8.4
ZCE4A/1200 1200 125 214 120 287 180 120 12.0

ZCE5A type

Secondary terminal2: M5
Test terminal2: M5

質量:14kg

F-MPC60B-54
F-MPC60B 8. Related products

ZCED type
Rear side: L
Nameplate

Secondary terminal: M5 Unit: mm


Test terminal: M5

ZCED4, 5 type mounting dimension

Type X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k m Mass [kg]


ZCED1 260 95 225 100 125 130 65 27 30 135 175 2 14 M10 3.2 15
ZCED2 310 110 270 120 150 150 90 27 40 135 175 2 14 M10 4.5 20
ZCED3 340 110 295 130 165 150 100 30 40 135 175 2 14 M10 4.5 25
ZCED4 380 140 350 155 195 200 130 30 55 200 250 4 18 M10 6 30
ZCED5 460 150 405 185 220 200 150 30 55 200 250 4 18 M12 6 52

F-MPC60B-55
F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Appendix table 1
Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data
Select the SET position by key switch.
Key switch
SET

SET ENT RST

Step 1 Step 2 Step 4


Step 2

Operation procedure
Step1 Confirmation of setting value / history data
The setting code and history code is changed and current value is displayed in 7-SEG LED each
time the ▲ or ▼ of sheet switch is pressed. (Confirmation operation is "Step1" only.)

Step2 Change of setting value / history data


Press SET of sheet switch at condition in which the value to change is selected and displayed at
“Step1”. (The displayed value begins to flicker) → to “Step3”

Step3 In the case of flickering, the setting value changes each time the ▲ or ▼ of sheet switch is pressed.
Select the data to change. (The data isn't defined while the data is flickered.) → to “Step4”

Step4 The displayed data begins to light continuously by pressing the SET of sheet switch. It indicates
that the data is defined and the setting is finished.

Repeat Step1 to Step4, when several data is changed continuously.


Unnecessary relay function can be inactive by setting to lock.
Confirmation of history data and change of the current value can be performed by the same manner.
List of setting items and history data of the receiving unit, feeder unit and the bus unit are shown in next page
or later.

(Note)
When the setting value doesn't flicker, locking the setting value may be active.
Cancel the lock of the setting value. (Refer to section 4.3.)

The setting list is shown in Appendix table3.


When the setting value is newly set or changed, draw up the setting list in advance and set the setting value
correctly. And if the setting value is changed, that change should be reflected to the setting list.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-1


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Apx table1(1) List of setting and history item (3CT: UM43F type) (1/2)
Setting Receiving
Item Range of setting value Step Unit Setup for shipping
code OCG DG
00 CT primary rated current 5-7500A 240ways Note1 A 10A ○ ○
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V-110kV / 100, 110, 120 57ways Note2 V 6600/110V ○ ○
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 2ways Note3 Hz 50Hz ○ ○
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1-16times 0.2time --- Lock
○ ○
11 50INST Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Lock, 0.2-1times 0.1time
12 Current setting --- Lock
Protection 1-16times 0.2time
○ ○
13 51DT Operation time 0.00-5.00s 0.05s s 0.00S
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
15 Current setting Lock, 20-240% 2% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t 5ways --- 0001(SI)
○ ○
17 51OC Time magnification 0.5-20times 0.1time --- 0.5
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
19 Protection OCA Current setting Lock, 10-100% 5% % Lock
1A Pre-alarm for Operation time 10-200s 10s s 10s ○ ○
1b over-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 00
1c Current setting Lock, 20-240% 2% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0.0-10.0s 0.1s s 0.0S ○ ○
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
20 Current setting Lock, 0.02-1.00times 0.01time --- Lock
Protection
21 Characteristics 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI 4ways --- 0001(SI)
51G ○ ---
22 (OCG) Time magnification 0.5-50times 0.1time --- 0.5
23 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
24 Current setting Lock, 0.1-8.0times 0.1time --- Lock
Protection 0.0-100.0s 0.1s
25 Operation time s 0.0s ○ ---
50G 100.0-180.0s 1.0s
26 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Primary rated current of Lock, 5∼400A (to 5A)
27 101ways Note7 A Lock ○ ○
zero-phase detection CT ,3-5∼3-400A (to 5A)
28 Current setting Lock, 50-100% of 51G current 10% Note8 % Lock
Protection OCGA
0.10-3.00s 0.05s ○ ---
29 Pre-alarm for Operation time s 0.10s
leak-current
3.00-600.00s 1.00s
2A Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 00
30 Current setting Lock, 0.02-1.00times 0.01time --- Lock
Protection 0.10-3.00s 0.05s
31 --- ○
DG/OCG Operation time 3.00-600.00s 1.00s
s 0.10s
32 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Maximum sensitivity
33 DG·DGA angle
0° (Fixed) ° 0°
34 common Voltage setting (* 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % 2.5% --- ○
item
35 DG/OCG selection 00:DG 01:OCG 2ways --- 00:DG
36 Protection Current setting Lock, 50-100% of DG current 10% Note8 % Lock
DGA/OCGA 0.10-3.00s 0.05s --- ○
37 Operation time s 0.10s
Pre-alarm for 3.00-600.00s 1.00s
38 DG Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 00
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110-150V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
41 Operation time s 0.0s ○ ○
OV 5.0-60.0s 1.0s
42 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Lock, 20-100V
43 Voltage setting 5V V Lock
on20-on100V(52a linkage)
Protection
0.0-5.0s 0.5s ○ ○
44 UV Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
45 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20-100V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
47 Operation time s 0.0s ○ ○
UV2 5.0-60.0s 1.0s
48 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
49 Protection UV operation setting AND / OR / 2 out of 3 9ways Note10 --- 00:AND·AND ○ ○
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % Lock
Protection
51 Operation time 0-120s 1s s 0s --- ○
OVG
52 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
01:ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection 3ways --- 01:ZPD --- ○
02:EVT 110V 03:EVT 190V
55 Zero-phase voltage measurement selection 0:Average 1:Instant 2ways Note11 --- 0:Average --- ○
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Note6 --- Lock ○ ○
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Note6 --- Lock ○ ○
For a complete list of comments on the notes, see the pages after Apx table1(5).
In code 34 of "*", MN-signal is output when the setting value is exceeded.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-2


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Apx table1(2) List of setting and history item (3CT: UM43F type) (2/2)
Setting Receiving
Item Range of setting value Step Unit Setup for shipping
code OCG DG
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min --- --- 30 ○ ○
63 CB contact open jamming monitoring time Lock, 0.1-1.0s 0.01s s 0.30s ○ ○
64 CB contact close jamming monitoring time Lock, 0.1-1.0s 0.01s s 0.30s ○ ○
65 Open priority Valid / Invalid 2ways Note12 --- 0 (Invalid) ○ ○
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/pulse n=-2 to 4, F --- 0 Note13 ○ ○
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/pulse n=-2 to 4 --- 0 Note13 ○ ○
68 Display mode Selection of measurement display item Note14 --- 1111 (All valid) ○ ○
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
72 Selective input3 function setting
Selection of function of 35ways
73 Selective input4 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND Note15 --- Lock ○ ○
74 Selective input5 function setting operation detection circuit)
75 Selective input6 function setting
76 Selective input7 function setting
77 Selective input8 function setting
Equipment failure detection
80 Function: Valid / invalid Note16 --- 111 ○ ○
function setting
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
82 Transmission element1 output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
83 Transmission element2 output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
Remote-local status output Lock,
84 73ways Note17 --- Lock ○ ○
setting Local output / Remote output
85 Trip auxiliary contact output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, 0(Alarm), Output1-8 10ways Note18 --- 0 ○ ○
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways Note19 --- Lock ○ ○
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 --- Lock ○ ○
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99 --- Lock ○ ○
Specification for MPC-Net: Baud rate/Data length/Parity
91 Note20 --- 1927o ○ ○
communication of RS485 or MODBUS: b/Baud rate/Parity
94 Transducer output CH1 setting --- 01(Vab)
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Selection from next --- 14(Hz)
Lock, V(Vab, Vbc, Vca),
96 Transducer output CH3 setting --- 07(Ia)
A(Ia, Ib, Ic), W, var, PF, Hz, 16ways Note21 ○ ○
97 Transducer output CH4 setting A special(Ia, Ib, Ic), Single-phase W, --- 11(W)
98 Transducer output CH5 setting Single-phase var --- 12(var)
99 Transducer output CH6 setting --- 13(PF)
C0 OC/OL selection 00: OC, 01: OL 2ways Note22 --- 00(OC) ○ ○
For a complete list of comments on the notes, see the pages after Apx table1(5).

Receiving
Code Item Display range
OCG DG
H0 Number of operations of 50INST 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H1 Number of operations of 51DT 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H2 Number of operations of 51OC 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H3 Number of operations of 51G 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---
H4 Number of operations of 50G 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---
H5 Number of operations of 67DG 0-9,999 (times) --- ○
H6 Number of operations of 59(OV) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H7 Number of operations of 27(UV) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H8 Number of operations of 64(OVG) 0-9,999 (times) --- ○
Number of operations of
H9 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
phase-unbalance current
Number of operations of
HA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
phase-unbalance voltage
Hb Number of operations of OCA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
Hc Operating time 0-9,999×100 (hr) *1 ○ ○
Hd Number of switching 0-9,999×10 (times) *2 ○ ○
HE Number of operations of 27-2(UV2) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○

Hn Number of operations of DGA·OCGA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○


HP Number of operations of 51DT2 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
h0 Number of real breaking 0-9,999 (times) *3 ○ ○
By changing the position of key SW to "SET" from "NORMAL", "h0 from code H0" is confirmed.
*1: The "×100" LED which shows 100 times lights.
*2: The "×10" LED which shows 10 times lights.
*3: Number of breaking is the number of times which operated the trip relay by protection relay (including the external trip) when CB (52a) is ON.
*4: If protection has several elements (50: operation by A, B and C-phase, etc.), it is counted as single operation even if several elements occur
simultaneously (or some element laggardly occurs while other elements occur continuously).

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-3


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Apx table1(3) List of setting and history item (2CT: UM42F type, UM42C type) (1/2)
Setting
Item Range of setting value Step Unit Setup for shipping Receiving Feeder
code
00 CT primary rated current 5-7, 500A 240ways Note1 A 10A ○ ○
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V-110kV / 100, 110, 120 57ways Note2 V 6600/110V ○ ○
02 Rated Frequency 50, 60Hz 2ways Note3 Hz 50Hz ○ ○
03 Single-phase/3-phase setting 1P, 3P 2ways --- 3P --- ○
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1-16times 0.2time --- Lock
○ ○
11 50INST Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Lock, 0.2-1times 0.1time
12 Current setting --- Lock
Protection 1∼16times 0.2time
○ ○
13 51DT Operation time 0.00-5.00s 0.05s s 0.00S
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
15 Current setting Lock, 20-240% 2% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t 5ways --- 0001(SI)
○ ○
17 51OC Time magnification 0.5-20times 0.1time --- 0.5
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
19 Protection OCA Current setting Lock, 10-100% 5% % Lock
1A Pre-alarm for Operation time 10-200s 10s s 10s ○ ○
1b over-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 00
1c Current setting Lock, 20-240% 2% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0.0-10.0s 0.1s s 0.0S ○ ○
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
30 Current setting Lock, 0.10-1.00A 0.05A A Lock
Protection 0.10-3.00s 0.05s
31 ○ ○
DG/OCG Operation time 3.00-600.00s 1.00s
s 0.10s
32 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Maximum sensitivity
33 DG·DGA 30°, 45°, 60° 3ways ° 60° ○ ○
angle
common
34 item Voltage setting (* 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % 2.5% ○ ---
35 DG/OCG selection 00:DG 01:OCG 2ways --- 00:DG ○ ○
36 Protection Current setting Lock, 50-100% of DG current 10% Note8 % Lock
DGA/OCGA 0.10-3.00s 0.05s ○ ○
37 Operation time s 0.10s
Pre-alarm for 3.00-600.00s 1.00s
38 DG Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 00
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110-150V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
41 Operation time s 0.0s ○ ---
OV 5.0-60.0s 1.0s
42 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
Lock, 20-100V
43 Voltage setting 5V V Lock
on20-on100V(52a linkage)
Protection
0.0-5.0s 0.5s ○ ---
44 UV Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
45 Output setting Trip / Contact/ Lockout Note4 --- 000
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20-100V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
47 Operation time s 0.0s ○ ---
UV2 5.0-60.0s 1.0s
48 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
49 Protection UV operation setting AND / OR / 2 out of 3 9ways Note10 --- 00:AND·AND ○ ---
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % Lock
Protection
51 Operation time 0-120s 1s s 0s ○ ---
OVG
52 Output setting Trip Contact / Lockout Note4 --- 000
01:ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection 3ways --- 01:ZPD ○ ---
02:EVT 110V 03:EVT 190V
55 Zero-phase voltage measurement selection 0:Average 1:Instant 2ways Note11 --- 0:Average ○ ---
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Note6 --- Lock ○ ○
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Note6 --- Lock ○ ○
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min --- --- 30 ○ ○
CB contact open jamming
63 Lock, 0.1-1.0s 0.01s s 0.30s ○ ○
monitoring time
CB contact close jamming
64 Lock, 0.1-1.0s 0.01s s 0.30s ○ ○
monitoring time
65 Open priority Valid / Invalid 2ways Note12 --- 0 (Invalid) ○ ○
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/pulse n=-2 to 4, F --- 0 Note13 ○ ○
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/pulse n=-2 to 4 --- 0 Note13 ○ ○
Selection of measurement
68 Display mode Note14 --- 1111 (All valid) ○ ○
display item
For a complete list of comments on the notes, see the pages after Apx table1(5).
In code 34 of "*", MN-signal is output when the setting value is exceeded.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-4


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Apx table1(4) List of setting and history item (2CT: UM42F type, UM42C type) (2/2)
Setting
Item Range of setting value Step Unit Setup for shipping Receiving Feeder
code
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
72 Selective input3 function setting
Selection of function of 35ways
73 Selective input4 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND Note15 --- Lock ○ ○
74 Selective input5 function setting operation detection circuit)
75 Selective input6 function setting
76 Selective input7 function setting
77 Selective input8 function setting
Equipment failure detection Receiving: 111
80 Valid / Invalid Note16 --- ○ ○
function setting Feeder: 101
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
82 Transmission element1 output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
83 Transmission element2 output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
Remote-local status output Lock,
84 73ways Note17 --- Lock ○ ○
setting Local output / Remote output
85 Trip auxiliary contact output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways --- Lock ○ ○
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, 0(Alarm), Output1-8 10ways Note18 --- 0 ○ ○
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 9ways Note19 --- Lock ○ ○
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 --- Lock ○ ○
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99 --- Lock ○ ○
Specification for MPC-Net: Baud rate/Data length/Parity
91 Note20 --- 1927o ○ ○
communication of RS485 or MODBUS: b/Baud rate/Parity
Receiving: 01(Vab)
94 Transducer output CH1 setting Selection from next ---
Feeder: Lock
Feeder: Lock, A(Ia, Ib, Ic), W, var, PF, Receiving: 14(Hz)
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Feeder: ---
A special(Ia, Ib, Ic), Single-phase W, Feeder: Lock
12ways
Single-phase var
96 Transducer output CH3 setting Receiving: Note21 --- 07(Ia) ○ ○
Receiving: Lock, V(Vab, Vbc, Vca),
97 Transducer output CH4 setting 16ways --- 11(W)
A(Ia, Ib, Ic), W, var, PF, Hz,
98 Transducer output CH5 setting A special(Ia, Ib, Ic), Single-phase W, --- 12(var)
Single-phase var Receiving: 13(PF)
99 Transducer output CH6 setting ---
Feeder: Lock
C0 OC/OL selection 00:OC, 01:OL 2ways Note22 --- 00(OC) ○ ○
For a complete list of comments on the notes, see the pages after Apx table1(5).

Code Item Display range Receiving Feeder


H0 Number of operations of 50INST 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H1 Number of operations of 51DT 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
H2 Number of operations of 51OC 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○

H5 Number of operations of 67DG 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○


H6 Number of operations of 59(OV) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---
H7 Number of operations of 27(UV) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---
H8 Number of operations of 64(OVG) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---
Number of operations of
H9 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
phase-unbalance current
Number of operations of
HA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
phase-unbalance voltage
Hb Number of operations of OCA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
Hc Operating time 0-9,999×100 (hr) *1 ○ ○
Hd Number of switching 0-9,999×10 (times) *2 ○ ○
HE Number of operations of 27-2(UV2) 0-9,999 (times) ○ ---

Hn Number of operations of DGA·OCGA 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○


HP Number of operations of 51DT2 0-9,999 (times) ○ ○
h0 Number of real breaking 0-9,999 (times) *3 ○ ○
By changing the position of key SW to "SET" from "NORMAL", "h0 from code H0" is confirmed.
*1: The "×100" LED which shows 100 times lights.
*2: The "×10" LED which shows 10 times lights.
*3: Number of breaking is the number of times which operated the trip relay by protection relay (including the external trip) when CB (52a) is ON.
*4: If protection has several elements (50: operation by A, B and C-phase, etc.), it is counted as single operation even if several elements occur
simultaneously (or some element laggardly occurs while other elements occur continuously).

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-5


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Apx table1(5) List of setting and history item (UM4B type)


Setting
code Item Range of setting value Step Unit Setup for shipping
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V-110kV / 100, 110, 120 57ways Note2 V 6600/110V
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 2ways Note3 Hz 50Hz
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110-150V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
41 OV Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
42 Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 --- 00
43 Voltage setting Lock, 20-100V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
44 UV Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
45 Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 --- 00
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20-100V 5V V Lock
Protection 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
47 UV2 Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
48 Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 --- 00
49 Protection UV operation setting AND / OR / 2 out of 3 9ways Note10 --- 00:AND·AND
4A Voltage setting Lock, 10-110V 5V V Lock
VR 0.0-5.0s 0.5s
4b Operation time s 0.0s
5.0-60.0s 1.0s
4c Output setting Contact 2ways --- 0
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % Lock
Protection
51 OVG Operation time 0-120s 1s s 0s
52 Output setting Contact / Lockout Note5 --- 00
01:ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection 3ways --- 01:ZPD
02:EVT 110V 03:EVT 190V
54 V0 voltage setting for DG (* 2.5-40% 2.5% Note9 % 2.5%
55 Zero-phase voltage measurement selection 0:Average 1:Instant 2ways Note11 --- 0:Average
68 Display mode Selection of measurement display item Note14 --- 11 (All valid)
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
Selection of function of 8ways
72 Selective input3 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND Note15 --- Lock
73 Selective input4 function setting operation detection circuit)
74 Selective input5 function setting
75 Selective input6 function setting
80 Valid / Invalid
Equipment failure detection function setting Note16 --- 11
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-5 6ways --- Lock
82 Transmission element1 output setting Lock, Output1-5 6ways --- Lock
83 Transmission element2 output setting Lock, Output1-5 6ways --- Lock
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-5 6ways Note19 --- Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 --- Lock
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99 --- Lock
Specification for MPC-Net: Baud rate/Data length/Parity
91 Note20 --- 1927o
communication of RS485 or MODBUS: Baud rate/Parity
94 Transducer output CH1 setting --- 01(Vab)
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Selection from next --- 14(Hz)
5ways Note21
96 Transducer output CH3 setting Lock, V(Vab, Vbc, Vca), Hz --- Lock
97 Transducer output CH4 setting --- Lock
For a complete list of comments on the notes, see the pages after Apx table1(5).
In code 54 of "*", MN-signal is output when the setting value is exceeded.
Code Item Display range

H6 Number of operations of 59(OV) 0-9,999 (times)


H7 Number of operations of 27(UV) 0-9,999 (times)
H8 Number of operations of 64(OVG) 0-9,999 (times)

HE Number of operations of 27-2(UV2) 0-9,999 (times)


HF Number of operations of VR 0-9,999 (times)

By changing the position of key SW to "SET" from "NORMAL", "HE from code H6" is confirmed.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-6


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Description about Note22 from Note1


Note1. CT primary current value(unit: A): 5-7500A(240ways)
5A – 100A: 5A step (20ways)
110A – 1000A: 10A step (90ways)
1050A – 7500A: 50A step (130ways)
Setup for shipping: 10A

Note2. VT primary/secondary voltage 210/100 – 110000/120V (57ways)


□□□–□
VT secondary voltage
100V: 0 110V: 1 120V: 2
VT primary voltage
210V: 0.21 220V: 0.22 380V: 0.38
440V: 0.44 460V: 0.46 2,200V: 2.20
3,300V: 3.30 4,160V: 4.16 6,600V: 6.60
11,000V: 11.0 13,800V: 13.8 15,000V: 15.0
22,000V: 22.0 24,000V: 24.0 33,000V: 33.0
35,000V: 35.0 66,000V: 66.0 77,000V: 77.0
110,000V: 110
Setup for shipping
6.60-1 : VT primary voltage 6600V
VT secondary voltage 110V

Use "2.2k, 3.3k, 6.6k, 11k, 22, 33kV/110V" setting if "2k, 3k, 6k, 10k, 20k, 30kV/100V" circuit is used.

Note3. Change of rated frequency


If any change is made to the setting frequency, turn off the control power once after the change. This F-MPC60B
works at the setting frequency when power is on. (The internal working frequency will not be changed with a setting
change only.)

Note4. Set the output in case of operating of each protection relay


□□□
Lockout Valid : 1 Invalid : 0
Output contact selection Contact1-8 : 1-8 No output : 0
CB’s trip output Valid : 1 Invalid : 0
Setup for shipping: 000 CB’s trip output : Invalid
Output contact selection :No output
Lockout : Invalid
・ Lockout: Valid
Both display and output are continued and the "CLOSE" signal is invalidated until the sheet switch RST is pressed,
even after the cause of the error was eliminated.
・ Lockout: Invalid
The output resets automatically (after continuation for at least 1 second) when the cause of the error was eliminated.
But the display is continued until the sheet switch RST is pressed.

Note5. Set the output of protective operation without trip output


□□
Lockout Valid : 1 Invalid : 0
Output contact selection Contact1-8 : 1-8 No output : 0
Setup for shipping: 00 Output contact selection :No output
Lockout : Invalid

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-7


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Note6. Set the output and operation of phase-unbalance current/phase-unbalance voltage


□□□
Lockout Valid : 1 Invalid : 0
Output contact selection Contact1-8 : 1-8 No output : 0
CB’s trip output Valid : 1 Invalid : 0
Setup for shipping: Lock

Note7. Set the primary rated current value of CT for zero-phase current detection
Select "Lock" when residual circuit detects.
The value corresponding to "□" of "□A/5A (CT ratio: primary/secondary) " is selected from following when direct CT
detects. The value corresponding to "□" of "□A/5A (CT ratio: primary/tertiary) " is selected from following when CT
tertiary winding detects.
Select "3-□□□" when the measurement and accident values are displayed by 3 times (3Io).
5 – 400A (50ways) 3- 5 – 3-400A (50ways)
5A – 100A: 5A step (20ways) 3- 5A – 3-100A: 5A step (20ways)
110A – 400A: 10A step (30ways) 3-110A – 3-400A: 10A step (30ways)
Setup for shipping: Lock

Note8. Set the pre-alarm current value of leak current


Range of setting value is 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100% of 51G or 67DG setting value.
However, the following setting isn't selectable when operation current value of 51G or 67DG is 2% or 3%, because lower limit of
range in 3CT type (UM43FG, UM43FD) is measurement range (over 2% of CT rating) of zero-phase current.
Operation current value of 51G or 67DG = 2%: 50-90%
Operation current value of 51G or 67DG = 3%: 50, 60%
Setup for shipping: Lock

Note9. It is setting to 3810V(=Zero-phase voltage in perfect ground fault 6600V/√3) when ZPD is selected
Therefore, conversion of the setting value is necessary, if ZPD is applied to 3.3kV circuit.
Refer to Q18 and A18 of FAQ for details.

Note10. Set the "OR detection" or "AND detection" of protection UV and protection UV2
□□
Selection of protection UV detection 2 out of 3: 2 OR detection: 1 AND detection: 0
Selection of protection UV2 detection 2 out of 3: 2 OR detection: 1 AND detection: 0
Setup for shipping: 00 Protection UV detection: AND detection
Protection UV2 detection: AND detection
AND detection : It is detected when all voltage of AB-phase, BC-phase and CA-phase becomes less than the setting voltage.
OR detection : It is detected when over one of voltage of AB-phase, BC-phase and CA-phase becomes less than the setting
voltage.
2 out of 3 detection : It is detected when over two of voltage of AB-phase, BC-phase and CA-phase becomes less than the setting
voltage.

Note11. Select the zero-phase voltage measurement method


Zero-phase voltage maximum value also uses the measurement value of this selection.

Selection of zero-phase voltage measurement Instant: 1 Average: 0
Setup for shipping: 0 selection of zero-phase voltage measurement: Average
Average·······Average value of every about 1 second is displayed as the measurement value.
Instant··········Instantaneous value of every about 0.04 second is displayed as the measurement value.

Note12. Set the "Valid/Invalid" of "open priority function"



Open priority Valid: 1 Invalid: 0 (Refer to section 5.5.)
Setup for shipping: 0 Open priority: Invalid

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-8


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Note13. List of pulse constant


The value of "n=-1 to 3" is used for measurement value display of panel, and F-MPC60B series automatically decide by the setting
value of current transformer primary rated current and transformer primary rated voltage.
The value of "n=-2 to 4N" is used for transmission, and it is settable.
F is the setup of kWh pulse output, and the output is 2,000 pulses/kWh. When F is set, the constant of the transmission data
becomes 2000pulse/kWh (same to pulse output) in case of T-link products and becomes the standard value (same to body display)
determined by the CT/VT ratio in case of RS485 products.
Range of setting is as follows by CT/VT primary value.

Voltage Voltage transformer primary rated voltage (V)


Current 210 220 380 440 460 2.2k 3.3k 4.16k 6.6k 11k 13.8k 15k 22k 24k 33k 35k 66k 77k 110k
5 n=-2 to 4 (5A) (5A)
10 n=-1 (10A) (10A)
15 (15A) (15A) (15A)

Current setting: 10A step


20 (20A)
25 (25A) (25A) (25A)
:
35 n=-2 to 4 n=-1 to 4 (35A)
40 n=0 n=1 (40A)
:
50 (50A) (50A)
:
70 (70A)
:
85 (85A) (85A)
:
100
110
120 (120A) n=0 to 4
130 (130A) (130A) n=2
:
Current transformer primary rated current (A)

150 (150A)
160 (160A)

Current setting: 10A step


170 (170A) (170A)
:
240 (240A)
:
260 (260A) (260A) (260A)
270 (270A)
:
380 (380A)
:
410 (410A)
:
520 (520A) (520A)
:
740 (740A)
:
870 (870A) (870A)
:
1000
1050
:
1250 (1250A) n=1 to 4
1300 (1300A) n=3
1350 (1350A)
:
1500 (1500A)
CUrrent setting: 50A step

:
1600 (1600A)
:
1700 (1700A) (1700A)
:
2400 (2400A)
:
2600 (2600A) (2600A) (2600A)
:
2700 (2700A) Outside of setting value
:
3800 (3800A)
:
4150 (4150A)
:
5200 (5200A)
:
7500

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-9


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Note14. Set the item of measurement display


Item which is set to "Invalid" isn't displayed.
(1) Receiving unit and Feeder unit
□□□□
Harmonic measurement display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Measurement history display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Demand measurement display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Demand maximum display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Setup for shipping: 1111 Harmonic measurement display : Valid
Measurement history display : Valid
Demand measurement display : Valid
Demand maximum display : Valid

(2)Bus unit
□□
Harmonic measurement display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Measurement history display Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Setup for shipping: 11 Harmonic measurement display : Valid
Measurement history display : Valid

Note15. Setting the function of selective input


Refer to section 5.1.

Note16.
(1) Set the self-diagnosis function of the receiving unit
□□□
Frequency error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
3-phase nonequilibrium current error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Setup for shipping: 111 3-phase nonequilibrium current error : Valid
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error : Valid
Frequency error : Valid

(2) Set the self-diagnosis function of the feeder unit


□□□
Frequency error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
3-phase nonequilibrium current error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Setup for shipping: 101 3-phase nonequilibrium current error : Valid
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error : Invalid
Frequency error : Valid

(3) Set the self-diagnosis function of the bus unit


□□
Frequency error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error Valid: 1 Invalid: 0
Setup for shipping: 11 3-phase nonequilibrium voltage error : Valid
Frequency error : Valid

Determination of 3-phase nonequilibrium is as follows.


(1) 3-phase nonequilibrium current
When the current of over 40% of protection OC setting value (or CT rated value (No using protection OC)) is conducted on over one of
A-phase, B-phase and C-phase, if it is continued during over 10 seconds that minimum current value in A, B and C-phase current is smaller
than 35% of maximum value, it is determined as3-phase nonequilibrium current.
(2) 3-phase nonequilibrium voltage
When the voltage of over 40% of VT rated voltage is applied on over one of AB-phase, BC-phase and CA-phase, if it is continued during
over 10 seconds that minimum current value in AB, BC and CA-phase voltage is smaller than 70% of maximum value, it is determined as
3-phase nonequilibrium voltage.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-10


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Note17. Set the output of remote-local status


It is not possible to select the equal output contact in the remote and local status.
(Unselectable output setting: 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77 and 88)
□□
Selection of the remote status output-contact(ON in case of remote) Contact1-8: 1-8 No output: 0
Selection of the local status output-contact(ON in case of local) Contact1-8: 1-8 No output: 0
Setup for shipping: Loc Local status output : No output
Remote status output : No output

Note18. Set the trip coil disconnect monitor function


Lock : Function invalidity (No using trip coil disconnect monitor)
0 : Alarm contact output is ON when disconnecting is detected
1-8 : Contact X (X=1-8) is ON when disconnecting is detected
Setup for shipping: 0 (Alarm contact output)

Note19. Reset signal is output from contact


Timing chart is as follows.
(1) Panel SW or external reset input
Contact input
· Continue while operating panel SW or detecting external reset operation
Off-delay: 1s · Output is continued during 1 second or more because off-delay process of 1 second is performed after
finishing SW operation.
Output
· Output is extended by restart of off-delay timer after reset if reoperation is performed during off-delay.

(2) T-link
Reset command · Reset command is acceptable during operating protection relay. Not acceptable after reset protection relay
Off-delay: 1s · Output is continued during 1 second or more because off-delay process of 1 second is performed after reset
of relay or command-OFF
Output · Output is extended by restart of off-delay timer after reset if reoperation is performed during off-delay.

(3) RS485
Reset command
· Reset command is acceptable during operating protection relay. Output is monostable, and continuance time
Monostable: 1s is 1 second.
· OFF-command isn't waited because interval in which next command is received is unclear.
Output
· Output is continued by extending timer if re-command is performed while monostable.

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-11


F-MPC60B Appendix table1. Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data

Note20. Set the specification for communication of RS485


Communication specification
Setting data
Start bit Baud rate Data length Parity Stop bit Protocol
_487n none
_487E 7 even
_487o odd
4800
_488n none
_488E 8 even
_488o odd
_967n none
_967E 7 even
_967o odd
1: Fixed 9600 1 F-MPC-Net
_968n none
_968E 8 even
_968o odd
1927n none
1927E 7 even
1927o odd
19200
1928n none
1928E 8 even
1928o odd
b_48n none 2
b_48E 4800 8 even
1
b_48o odd
b_96n none 2
MODBUS-RTU
b_96E 1: Fixed 9600 8 even
1 (*1)
b_96o odd
b192n none 2
b192E 19200 8 even
1
b192o odd
(*1) Communication may be normally performed depending on high-order system and communication data format even if stop bit is different.
(the following combination)
Setting of high-order system Setting of F-MPC
Parity: none / Stop bit: 1bit Parity: none / Stop bit: 2bit
Parity: even / Stop bit: 2bit Parity: even / Stop bit: 1bit
Parity: odd / Stop bit: 2bit Parity: odd / Stop bit: 1bit
IC for communication which used in F-MPC detects existence of stop bit, however it doesn't determine that stop bit is 1bit or 2bit.
(IC for communication of high-order system may also have same function.)

Note21. Set the item of transducer output


One measurement value can be set to several transducer output channels.
Model
Setting value Output item
Receiving Feeder Bus
Loc Lock ○ ○ ○
01 Vab ○ ○
02 Vbc ○ ○
03 Vca ○ ○
07 Ia ○ ○
08 Ib ○ ○
09 Ic ○ ○
11 kW ○ ○
12 kvar ○ ○
13 PF ○ ○
14 Hz ○ ○
21 Ia special ○ ○
22 Ib special ○ ○
23 Ic special ○ ○
31 Single-phase kW ○ ○
32 Single-phase kvar ○ ○

Note22. Set the OC/OL operation


Refer to appendix figure4 for details.
51DT and 51 OC is operated by AND operation when OL is selected. (51DT isn't operated until operating 51OC even if trip condition of
51DT is fulfilled)

F-MPC60B Appendix table1-12


F-MPC60B Appendix table2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state

Appendix table 2
Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state
Select the NORMAL position by key switch. (Operation by key switch is unnecessary in normal running
status.)
Key switch

NORMAL
SET ENT RST

The display of measured value can be switched by operating of the switch.

The display item is switched sequentially each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed. Check the display
item and unit by reading the LED's.
The 7-segment LED of this unit go out automatically if no switch operation is performed for a continuous
10 minutes, as energy-saving objective. However, they light up again when any switch operation is
performed or any relay / equipment error is detected. (Press one sheet switch to light up LED again.) No
change will occur in the running status when LED is lit up again even if any switch is operated.
Refer to next page or later for display item and display method.

This unit has the display function of the history maximum value, the history minimum value and integrated
value as shown in the following table.
Do as shown at the following after confirmation of period data, etc. when those data are reset to zero. Reset
also zero-phase current/voltage maximum value after the start-up test at field, the period check and the test of relay.

List of the measurement history maximum value and minimum value


Measurement display item 7-segment LED display Receiving unit Feeder unit Bus unit
(Period) Effective energy (±) ±□□□□□kWh *1 ○ ○ ---
(Period) Reactive energy (±) ±□□□□□kvarh *1 ○ ○ ---
Demand A, B, C-phase current maximum h □□□□A ○ ○ ---
value
Demand effective power maximum value h □□□□kW ○ ○ ---
AB, BD, CD-phase voltage instantaneous L □□□□V ○ --- ○
minimum value
Zero-phase current maximum value (I0) H □□□□A ○ ○ ---
Zero-phase voltage maximum value (V0) H □□□□V ○ --- ○
*1) In the display of "±□□□□□", "+" isn't displayed and is blank, and "-" is displayed as "-".

Reset method (Method of setting 0)


(1) Corresponding data is displayed according to description in section 4.4.
(Example: When zero-phase current maximum value is displayed, "Io" LED is lit and 7-segment
display is "H □□□□A".)
(2) Press SET of sheet switch when corresponding data is displayed.
→ History maximum value is reset. (Data is reset to "0".)

Note
"(Period) effective energy" and "(Period) reactive energy" are reset by above operation, however, "total
effective energy (display: A±□□□□□ kWh)" isn't reset by it.
(It is reset only in the case of setting change of the CT, VT ratio.)

F-MPC60B Appendix table2-1


F-MPC60B Appendix table2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state

Apx table2(1) Receiving unit DG product (Type: UM43FD, UM42F)


The measurement display item is switched and displayed each time the sheet switch ▼ or ▲ is pressed during normal
running state.
7-segment display item can be distinguished by "Display item/unit LED" and code part of 7-segment LED. The contents
are as follows.
Sheet SW Lighting LED Measurement item selection
Display item Display method Note
operation "Display item/unit" Demand
maximum
Demand
measurement
Measurement
history
Harmonic
measurement

A-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A


B-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A
C-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A
AB-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V
BC-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V
CA-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V
Zero-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A
Zero-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) V0 and V
Effective power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kW Reverse power flow: "-" code
Reactive power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kvar Lead: "-" code
Power factor (±) □□□□ (4-digits) cos
The display item is switched sequentially (forward or reverse) each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed.

Lead: "-" code


Effective energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of plus component

Effective energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of minus component

Reactive energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lag component
Reactive energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lead component

Frequency □□□ (3-digits) Hz


Demand A-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
Demand B-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power d □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Demand A-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
Demand B-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Total effective energy (+) A □□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
Total effective energy (-) A -□□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
AB-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
CA-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V ×
Zero-phase current maximum value H □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A ×
Zero-phase voltage maximum value H □□□□ (4-digits) V0 and V ×
A-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
AB-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
Shaded region indicates that that item is selectable about display or nondisplay. And "×" indicates that that item isn't displayed when
"nondisplay" is selected.

F-MPC60B Appendix table2-2


F-MPC60B Appendix table2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state

Apx table2(2) Receiving unit OCG product (Type: UM43FG)


The measurement display item is switched and displayed each time the sheet switch ▼ or ▲ is pressed during normal
running state.
7-segment display item can be distinguished by "Display item/unit LED" and code part of 7-segment LED. The contents
are as follows.
Sheet SW Lighting LED Measurement item selection
Display item Display method Note
operation "Display item/unit" Demand
maximum
Demand
measurement
Measurement
history
Harmonic
measurement

A-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A


B-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A
C-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A
AB-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V
BC-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V
CA-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V
Zero-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A
Effective power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kW Reverse power flow: "-" code
Reactive power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kvar Lead: "-" code
Power factor (±) □□□□ (4-digits) cos
The display item is switched sequentially (forward or reverse) each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed.

Lead: "-" code


Effective energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of plus component

Effective energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of minus component

Reactive energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lag component
Reactive energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lead component

Frequency □□□ (3-digits) Hz


Demand A-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
Demand B-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power d □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Demand A-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
Demand B-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Total effective energy (+) A □□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
Total effective energy (-) A -□□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
AB-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
CA-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V ×
Zero-phase current maximum value H □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A ×
A-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
AB-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
Shaded region indicates that that item is selectable about display or nondisplay. And "×" indicates that that item isn't displayed when
"nondisplay" is selected.

F-MPC60B Appendix table2-3


F-MPC60B Appendix table2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state

Apx table2(3) Feeder unit (Type: UM42C)


The measurement display item is switched and displayed each time the sheet switch ▼ or ▲ is pressed during normal
running state.
7-segment display item can be distinguished by "Display item/unit LED" and code part of 7-segment LED. The contents
are as follows.
Sheet SW Lighting LED Measurement item selection
Display item Display method Note
operation "Display item/unit" Demand
maximum
Demand
measurement
Measurement
history
Harmonic
measurement

A-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A


B-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A
The display item is switched sequentially (forward or reverse) each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed.

C-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A


Zero-phase current □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A
Effective power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kW Reverse power flow: "-" code
Reactive power (±) □□□□ (4-digits) kvar Lead: "-" code
Power factor (±) □□□□ (4-digits) cos Lead: "-" code
Effective energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of plus component

Effective energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kWh Integrated value of minus component

Reactive energy (+) □□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lag component
Reactive energy (-) -□□□□□ (5-digits) (Period integration) kvarh Integrated value of lead component

Demand A-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×


Demand B-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current d □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power d □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Demand A-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
Demand B-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
Demand C-phase current maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Demand effective power maximum value h □□□□ (4-digits) kW ×
Total effective energy (+) A □□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
Total effective energy (-) A -□□□□□ (5-digits) kWh
Zero-phase current maximum value H □□□□ (4-digits) I0 and A ×
A-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 3rd-harmonic current 3 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 5th-harmonic current 5 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase 7th-harmonic current 7 □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
A-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) A-phase and A ×
B-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) B-phase and A ×
C-phase total-harmonic current A □□□□ (4-digits) C-phase and A ×
Shaded region indicates that that item is selectable about display or nondisplay. And "×" indicates that that item isn't displayed when
"nondisplay" is selected.

F-MPC60B Appendix table2-4


F-MPC60B Appendix table2. Measurement value confirmation operation in normal state

Apx table2(4) Bus unit (Type: UM4 B)


The measurement display item is switched and displayed each time the sheet switch ▼ or ▲ is pressed during normal
running state.
7-segment display item can be distinguished by "Display item/unit LED" and code part of 7-segment LED. The contents
are as follows.
Sheet SW Lighting LED Measurement item selection
Display item Display method Note
operation "Display item/unit" Demand
maximum
Demand
measurement
Measurement
history
Harmonic
measurement

AB-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V


reverse) each time the sheet switch ▲ or ▼ is pressed.

BC-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V


The display item is switched sequentially (forward or

CA-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V


Zero-phase voltage □□□□ (4-digits) V0 and V
Frequency □□□ (3-digits) Hz
AB-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
CA-phase voltage instant minimum value L □□□□ (4-digits) CA-phase and V ×
Zero-phase voltage maximum value H □□□□ (4-digits) V0 and V ×
AB-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 3rd-harmonic voltage 3 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 5th-harmonic voltage 5 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase 7th-harmonic voltage 7 □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
AB-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) AB-phase and V ×
BC-phase total-harmonic voltage A □□□□ (4-digits) BC-phase and V ×
Shaded region indicates that that item is selectable about display or nondisplay. And "×" indicates that that item isn't displayed when
"nondisplay" is selected.

F-MPC60B Appendix table2-5


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

Appendix table 3
List of setting items
The model-specified list of the setting is shown after the next page.
Draw up the list of setting items in advance and set the setting value correctly.
And update also that list when the setting value is changed.

(Copy this document as necessary and use.)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-1


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM43FG Circuit name:


1/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
00 CT primary rated current 5 - 7500A A
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V - 110kV / 100, 110, 120 / V
02 Rated Frequency 50, 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1 - 16times times Lock
11 50INST Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
12 Current setting Lock, 0.2 - 1 - 16times times Lock
Protection
13 Operation time 0 - 5s s
51DT
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
15 Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1: SI, 2: VI, 3: LT, 4: EI, 5: I2t 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t
17 51OC Time magnification 0.5 - 20times times
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
19 Protection Current setting Lock, 10 - 100% % Lock
OCA
1A Pre-alarm for
Operation time 10 - 200s s
1b over-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
1c Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0 - 10s s
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
20 Current setting Lock, 0.02 - 1times times Lock
Protection
21 Characteristics 1: SI, 2: VI, 3: LT, 4: EI 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI
OCG
22 (51G)
Time magnification 0.5 - 50times times
23 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
24 Current setting Lock, 0.2 - 8times times Lock
Protection
25 Operation time 0.0 - 100 - 180s s
(50G)
26 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Primary rated current of Lock, 5 - 400A
27 zero-phase current detection CT , 3- 5 - 3-400A(3Io display) A Lock (Residual detection)
28 Protection Current setting Lock, 50 - 100% % Lock
OCGA
29 Pre-alarm for
Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
2A leak-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110 - 150V V Lock
Protection
41 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
OV
42 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output: Valid·Invalid, Output contact No., Lockout: Valid·Invalid
Lock, 20 - 100V
43 Voltage setting V Lock
Protection on20 - on100V(52a linkage)
44 UV Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
45 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20 - 100V V Lock
Protection
47 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
UV2
48 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Protection UV operation UV 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
49 UV, UV2: AND/OR/2 out of 3
setting UV2 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
Lock
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
CB contact open jamming
63 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
CB contact close jamming
64 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time

DATE · NAME Revisions F-MPC60B


Drawn List of setting items
Checked DWG.
Approved No
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-2


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM43FG Circuit name:


2/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
65 Open priority function setting Valid / Invalid Open priority 1:Valid 0:Invalid
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, F(2,000P/kWh)
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Harmonic measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Selection of measurement Measurement history display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
68 Display mode
display item Demand measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Demand maximum display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
70 Selective input1 functio setting
71 Selective input2 functio setting
72 Selective input3 functio setting
Selection of function of 35ways
73 Selective input4 functio setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND
74 Selective input5 functio setting
operation detection circuit)
75 Selective input6 functio setting
76 Selective input7 functio setting
77 Selective input8 functio setting
Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced current 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Equipment failure
80 Valid / Invalid Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced voltage 1:Valid 0:Invalid
detection function setting Error detection of frequency 1:Valid 0:Invalid
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
82 Transmission element1 output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
83 Transmission element2 output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
Remote-local status output Loc,
84 Local output: ,Remote output:
setting Local output/Remote output
85 Trip auxiliary contact output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, Alarm, Output1-8 Selective output No. Equipment failure output Lock
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99
90 Address Lock
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99
<F-MPC-Net>
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
Data length 7 bit, 8 bit
Specification for Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd Model with
91 Baud rate / Data length / Parity
communication of RS485 <MODBUS-RTU> RS485
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
(Data lenght 8 bit: Fixed)
Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd
94 Transducer output CH1 setting Selection from next
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Lock,
96 Transducer output CH3 setting Line voltage V(AB, BC, CA), Model with
97 Transducer output CH4 setting Current A(A, B, C), W, var, PF, 4-20mA
98 Transducer output CH5 setting Hz, Current special A(A, B, C),
99 Transducer output CH6 setting Sngle-phase W, Single-phase var
C0 OC/OL selection 00: OC, 01: OL 00:OC 01:OL
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-3


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM43FD Circuit name:


1/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
00 CT primary rated current 5 - 7500A A
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V - 110kV / 100, 110, 120 / V
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1 - 16times times Lock
11 INST(50) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
12 Current setting Lock, 0.2 - 1 - 16times times Lock
Protection
13 Operation time 0 - 5s s
DT
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
15 Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1: SI, 2: VI, 3: LT, 4: EI, 5: I2t 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t
17 OC Time magnification 0.5 - 20times times
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
19 Protection Current setting Lock, 10 - 100% % Lock
OCA
1A Pre-alarm for
Operation time 10 - 200s s
1b over-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
1c Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0 - 10s s
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Primary rated current of Lock, 5 - 400A
27 zero-phase current detection CT , 3- 5 - 3-400A(3Io display) A Lock (Residual detection)
30 Protection Current setting Lock, 0.02 - 1times times Lock
31 DG(67)/ Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
32 OCG(51G) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Maximum
33 DG·DGA sensitivity angle
0° 0° (Fixed)
34 common Voltage setting 2.5 - 40% %
item
35 00: DG, 01: OCG
DG/OCG selection 00:DG 01:OCG
36 Protection Current setting Lock, 50 - 100% % Lock
37 DGA/OCGA Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
Pre-alarm for
38 DG Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110 - 150V V Lock
Protection
41 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
OV
42 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock, 20 - 100V
43 Voltage setting V Lock
Protection on20 - on100V(52a linkage)
44 UV Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
45 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20 - 100V V Lock
Protection
47 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
UV2
48 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Protection UV operation UV 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
49 UV, UV2: AND/OR/2 out of 3
setting UV2 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5 - 40% % Lock
Protection
51 Operation time 0 - 120s s
OVG
52 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
01: ZPD 01: ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection
02: EVT 110V, 03: EVT 190V 02: EVT 110V, 03: EVT 190V
Zero-phase voltage 0: Average value 0: Average value
55
measurement selection 1: Instantaneous value 1: Instantaneous value

DATE · NAME Revisions F-MPC60B


Drawn List of setting items
Checked DWG.
Approved No
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-4


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM43FD Circuit name:


2/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
Lock
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
CB contact open jamming
63 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
CB contact close jamming
64 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
65 Open priority function setting Valid / Invalid Open priority 1:Valid 0:Invalid
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, F(2,000P/kWh)
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Harmonic measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Selection of measurement Measurement history display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
68 Display mode
display item Demand measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Demand maximum display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
72 Selective input3 function setting
Selection of function of 35ways
73 Selective input4 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND
74 Selective input5 function setting
operation detection circuit)
75 Selective input6 function setting
76 Selective input7 function setting
77 Selective input8 function setting
Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced current 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Equipment failure
80 Valid / Invalid Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced voltage 1:Valid 0:Invalid
detection function setting Error detection of frequency 1:Valid 0:Invalid
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
Transmission element1
82 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Transmission element2
83 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Remote-local status output Loc,
84 Local output: ,Remote output:
setting Local output / Remote output
85 Trip auxiliary contact output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, Alarm, Output1-8 Selective output No. Equipment failure output Lock
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 Address Lock
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99
<F-MPC-Net>
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
Data lenght 7 bit, 8 bit
Specification for Parity bit n: note, E: even, o: odd Model with
91 Baud rate / Data length / Parity
communication of RS485 <MODBUS-RTU> RS485
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
(Data lenght 8 bit: Fixed)
Parity bit n: note, E: even, o: odd
94 Transducer output CH1 setting Selection from next
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Lock,
96 Transducer output CH3 setting Line voltage V(AB, BC, CA), Model with
97 Transducer output CH4 setting Current A(A, B, C), W, var, PF, 4-20mA
98 Transducer output CH5 setting Hz, Current special A(A, B, C),
99 Transducer output CH6 setting Single-phase W, Single-phase var
C0 OC/OL selection 00: OC, 01: OL 00: OC, 01: OL
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-5


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM42F Circuit name:


1/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
00 CT primary rated current 5 - 7500A A
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V - 110kV / 100, 110, 120 / V
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1 - 16times times Lock
11 INST(50) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
12 Current setting Lock, 0.2 - 1 - 16times times Lock
Protection
13 Operation time 0 - 5s s
DT
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
15 Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1: SI, 2: VI, 3: LT, 4: EI, 5: I2t 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t
17 OC Time magnification 0.5 - 20times times
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
19 Protection Current setting Lock, 10 - 100% % Lock
OCA
1A Operation time
Pre-alarm for 10 - 200s s
1b Output setting
over-current Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
1c Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0 - 10s s
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
30 Protection Current setting Lock, 0.1 - 1A(ZCT) A Lock
31 DG(67)/ Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
32 OCG(51G) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Maximum
33 DG·DGA sensitivity angle
30°, 45°, 60° 30° 45° 60°
34 common Voltage setting 2.5 - 40% %
35 item DG/OCG selection 00: DG, 01: OCG 00:DG 01:OCG
36 ProtectionDG Current setting Lock, 50 - 100% % Lock
A/OCGA
37 Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
Pre-alarm for
38 DG Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110 - 150V V Lock
Protection
41 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
OV
42 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock, 20 - 100V
43 Voltage setting V Lock
Protection on20 - on100V(52a linkage)
44 UV Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
45 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output: Valid·Invalid, Output contact No., Lockout: Valid·Invalid
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20 - 100V V Lock
Protection
47 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
UV2
48 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Protection UV operation UV 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
49 UV, UV2: AND/OR/2 out of 3
setting UV2 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5 - 40% % Lock
Protection
51 Operation time 0 - 120s s
OVG
52 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
01: ZPD 01:ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection
02: EVT 110V, 03: EVT 190V 02:EVT 110V 03:EVT 190V
Zero-phase voltage 0: Average value 0: Average value
55
measurement selection 1: Instantaneous value 1: Instantaneous value
Lock
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid

DATE · NAME Revisions F-MPC60B


Drawn List of setting items
Checked DWG.
Approved No
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-6


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM42F Circuit name:


2/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
CB contact open jamming
63 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
CB contact close jamming
64 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
65 Open priority function setting Valid / Invalid Open priority 1:Valid 0:Invalid
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, F(2,000P/kWh)
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Harmonic measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Selection of measurement Measurement history display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
68 Display mode
display item Demand measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Demand maximum display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
72 Selective input3 function setting
Selection of function of 35ways
73 Selective input4 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND
74 Selective input5 function setting
operation detection circuit)
75 Selective input6 function setting
76 Selective input7 function setting
77 Selective input8 function setting
Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced current 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Equipment failure
80 Valid / Invalid Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced voltage 1:Valid 0:Invalid
detection function setting Error detection of frequency 1:Valid 0:Invalid
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
Transmission element1
82 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Transmission element2
83 Lock, Ouput1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Remote-local status output Loc,
84 Local output: ,Remote output:
setting Local output / Remote output
Trip auxiliary contact
85 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, Alarm, Output1-8 Selective output No. Equipment failure output Lock
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 Address Lock
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99
<F-MPC-Net>
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
Data lenght 7 bit, 8 bit
Specification for Parity bit n: note, E: even, o: odd Model with
91 Baud rate / Data length / Parity
communication of RS485 <MODBUS-RTU> RS485
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
(Data lenght 8 bit: Fixed)
Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd
Transducer output CH1
94
setting
Transducer output CH2
95
setting Selection from next
Transducer output CH3 Lock,
96
setting Line voltage V(AB, BC, CA), Model with
Transducer output CH4 Curent A(A, B, C), W, var, PF, 4-20mA
97
setting Hz, Current special A(A, B, C),
Transducer output CH5 Single-phase W, Single-phase var
98
setting
Transducer output CH6
99
setting
C0 OC/OL selection 00: OC, 01: OL 00:OC 01:OL
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-7


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM42C Circuit name:


1/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
00 CT primary rated current 5 - 7500A A
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V - 110kV / 100, 110, 120 / V
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
03 Single-phase/3-phase setting 1P, 3P 1P2W 3P3W
10 Protection Current setting Lock, 1 - 16times times Lock
11 INST(50) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
12 Current setting Lock, 0.2 - 1 - 16times times Lock
Protection
13 Operation time 0 - 5s s
DT
14 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
15 Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
16 Protection Characteristics 1: SI, 2: VI, 3: LT, 4: EI, 5: I2t 1:SI, 2:VI, 3:LT, 4:EI, 5:I2t
17 OC Time magnification 0.5 - 20times times
18 Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
19 Protection Current setting Lock, 10 - 100% % Lock
1A OCA Operation time 10 - 200s s
Pre-alarmfor
1b over-current Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
1c Current setting Lock, 20 - 240% % Lock
Protection
1d Operation time 0 - 10s s
51DT2
1E Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
30 Protection Current setting Lock, 0.1 - 1A(ZCT) A Lock
31 DG(67)/ Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
32 OCG(51G) Output setting Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
DG·DGA Maximum
33 sensitivity angle 30°, 45°, 60° 30° 45° 60°
common
35 item DG/OCG selection 00: DG, 01: OCG 00:DG 01:OCG
36 Protectin Current setting Lock, 50 - 100% % Lock
37 DGA/OCGA Operation time 0.1 - 3.0 - 600s s
Pre-alarm for
38 DG Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
Lock
60 Open-phase relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
Lock
61 Phase-reversal relay Lock, Trip / Contact / Lockout Trip output:Valid/Invalid, Output contact No. , Lockout:Valid/Invalid
62 Demand average time 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30min 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30 min
CB contact open jamming
63 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
CB contact close jamming
64 Lock, 0.1 - 1.0s s Lock
monitoring time
65 Open priority function setting Valid / Invalid Open priority 1:Valid 0:Invalid
66 kWh pulse constant 10n kWh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, F(2,000P/kWh)
67 kvarh pulse constant 10n kvarh/Pulse n= -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Harmonic measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Selection of measurement Measurement history display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
68 Display mode
display item Demand measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Demand maximum display 1:Valid 0:Invalid

DATE · NAME Revisions F-MPC60B


Drawn List of setting items
Checked DWG.
Approved No
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-8


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM42C Circuit name:


2/2
Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
Selective input1 function
70
setting
Selective input2 function
71
setting
Selective input3 function
72
setting
Selective input4 function
73 Selection of function of 35ways
setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND
Selective input5 function operation detection circuit)
74
setting
Selective input6 function
75
setting
Selective input7 function
76
setting
Selective input8 function
77
setting
Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced current 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Equipment failure
80 Valid / Invalid Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced voltage 1:Valid 0:Invalid
detection function setting Error detection of frequency 1:Valid 0:Invalid
Failure pickup output
81 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
setting
Transmission element1
82 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Transmission element2
83 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Remote-local status output Loc,
84 Local output: ,Remote output:
setting Local output / Remote output
Trip auxiliary contact
85 Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
TC disconnect monitor
86 Lock, Alarm, Output1-8 Selective output No. Equipment failure output Lock
function setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-8 Selective output No. Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 Address Lock
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99
<F-MPC-Net>
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
Data lenght 7 bit, 8 bit
Specification for Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd Model with
91 Baud rate / Data length / Parity
communication of RS485 <MODBUS-RTU> RS485
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
(Data lenght 8 bit: Fixed)
Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd
Transducer output CH1
94
setting
Transducer output CH2
95
setting
Selection from next
Transducer output CH3
96 Lock,
setting Model with
Current A(A, B, C), W, var, PF,
Transducer output CH4 4-20mA
97 Current special A(A, B, C),
setting
Single-phase W, Single-phase var
Transducer output CH5
98
setting
Transducer output CH6
99
setting
C0 OC/OL selection 00: OC, 01: OL 00: OC 01: OL
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-9


F-MPC60B Appendix table3. List of setting items

F-MPC60B Type: UM4B Circuit name:


Code Item Range of setting value Setting value (Note)
01 VT primary/secondary voltage 210V - 110kV / 100, 110, 120 / V
02 Rated frequency 50, 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz
40 Voltage setting Lock, 110 - 150V V Lock
Protection
41 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
OV
42 Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
43 Voltage setting Lock, 20 - 100V V Lock
Protection
44 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
UV
45 Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
46 Voltage setting Lock, 20 - 100V V Lock
Protection
47 Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
UV2
48 Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
Protection UV operation UV 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
49 UV, UV2: AND/OR/2 out of 3
setting UV2 0:AND 1:OR 2:2 out of 3
4A Voltage setting Lock, 10 - 110V V Lock
4b VR Operation time 0.0 - 5 - 60s s
4C Output setting Contact Output contact No.
50 Voltage setting Lock, 2.5 - 40% % Lock
Protection
51 Operation time 0 - 120s s
OVG
52 Output setting Contact / Lockout Output contact No. Lockout: Valid·Invalid
01: ZPD 01:ZPD
53 ZPD/EVT selection
02: EVT 110V, 03: EVT 190V 02:EVT 110V 03:EVT 190V
54 V0 voltage setting forDG 2.5 - 40% %
Zero-phase voltage 0: Average value 0: Average value
55
measurement selection 1: Instantaneouse value 1: Instantaneouse value
Selection of measurement Harmonic measurement display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
68 Display mode
display item Measurement history display 1:Valid 0:Invalid
70 Selective input1 function setting
71 Selective input2 function setting
Selection of function of 8ways
72 Selective input3 function setting
(Input1-3: Duplexing AND
73 Selective input4 function setting
operation detection circuit)
74 Selective input5 function setting
75 Selective input6 function setting
Equipment failure Error detection of 3-phase unbalanced voltage 1:Valid 0:Invalid
80 Valid / Invalid Error detection of frequency 1:Valid 0:Invalid
detection function setting
81 Failure pickup output setting Lock, Output1-5 Selective output No. Lock
Transimission element1
82 Lock, Output1-5 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
Transimission element2
83 Lock, Output1-5 Selective output No. Lock
output setting
87 Reset output setting Lock, Output1-5 Selective output No. Lock
T-link address setting Lock, Address00-99 Address Lock
90
RS485 address setting Lock, Address01-99
<F-MPC-Net>
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
Data lenght 7 bit, 8 bit
Specification for Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd Model with
91 Baud rate / Data length / Parity
communication of RS485 <MODBUS-RTU> RS485
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 192000 bps
(Data lenght 8 bit: Fixed)
Parity bit n: none, E: even, o: odd
94 Transducer output CH1 setting
Selection from next
95 Transducer output CH2 setting Model with
Lock,
96 Transducer output CH3 setting 4-20mA
Line voltage V(AB, BC, CA), Hz
97 Transducer output CH4 setting

DATE · NAME Revisions F-MPC60B


Drawn List of setting items
Checked DWG.
Approved No
(Apx table3)

F-MPC60B Appendix table3-10


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

Appendix table 4 Relay unit test


Protective relay test and criterion

The relay test is a test in relay operation value and operation time in the normal operation condition. Therefore, key SW is
an operating state of "NORMAL" position and the relay test is done.
(In "TEST" position, the protective function does not work in key SW.)

The attention of the test


1) This appliance contains the band-pass filter in order to prevent the unnecessary operation according to the
harmonic. And, the circuit constant of the band-pass filter is being switched by the 50/60Hz selection setting in the
main body inside. Still, please make the output frequency of the generator to be within ±2.5% of set rated
frequency in the case of the relay test by the generator.

2) At the test of action value and action time, this unit’s relay output and display are reset from the
“RST” sheet switch after cut off the input voltage and current from the generator.

3) When you set the “Test position” to selectable input setting 1 to 8, key SW is "normal or setting"
position if the "test position" and that input is ON, "the trip, the close, the open" is not output. Please off
the “Test input” or delete the setting about “Test position”.

4) Feeder unit (UM42C-E5A/UM42C-E5T) can measure the single-phase electric power. However,
when simulating a single-phase loads in the three-phase star-connected three-phase generator, please
note the input current phase. See page "Appendix 4-27" Please refer to.

The method of test


In proportion to the unit type, characteristic test content and decision value refer to the after next page.
The following are shown identification method of the operation value and operation time.

Test item The method of test


The signal is applied to the input terminal, and it gradually changes, and the value in which 7segLED
Operation started the "E□□" flashing display is the operation value.
value However, operation value in case of the short time operation type is any of value that "E□□" continued
(note) and that it lit, and that it displayed it or the value which output the trip ( alarm ).

Operation The adjustment-finished signal is applied to the input terminal, and the time until a trip (alarm) output
time operates is measured.
Note:
The signal value in the pickup relay output action becomes the operation value in trouble pickup output setting (code of
81) in any of the selective output 1 to 8 (in case of Bus unit, 1 to 5).

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-1


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FG type 1/5


The relay test about UM43FG type (3CT / OCG)

Purpose: Confirm that the characteristics of each relay elements is not abnormal.
Test contents Quality criterion
1. Appearance and structure: 1. There is nothing about damage,
Confirm that it is not abnormal in the appearance. injury, defacement, and corrosion.
2. Characteristics: 2. Accuracy is within the range
Type: UM43FG below.
Element name Item Condition Input Accuracy
Instant OC relay (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
(50·INST) value setting value 0 to operation value.
· A,B,C phase note 2)
(2) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly Within 40ms
time setting value 0 to 200% of setting value.
OC relay (Inverse time) (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
· Inverse (SI) or selected value setting value 0 to operation value.
characteristics. (EI, VI, note 1) · Time setting: minimum
2
LT or I t) or setting value
· Definite time (DT, DT2) · A,B,C phase note 2)
(2)-1 · Using the current Input current rapidly In case of time magnification L≥10
Operation setting value 0 to 300% or 500% or The setting value
time · Using the time setting 1000% of setting value. 300%: T±12% (min ±100ms)
· inverse value note 3) 500, 1000%: T±7% (min ±100ms)
· A,B,C phase * T is a theory operating time.
(The lower limit of the
operating time is 150ms.)
In case of time magnification L≤10
note 4)
(2)-2 · Using the current Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
Operation setting value 0 to 200% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
time · Using the time setting
· definite value
· A,B,C phase
Ground fault (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
over-current relay (51G) value setting value 0 to operation value. (min ±100mA)
・Inverse(SI) or selected · time setting: Minimum
characteristics. (EI, VI or setting value
or LT) (2) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly In case of time magnification L≥10
time setting value 0 to 300% or 500% or The setting value
· Using the time setting 1000% of setting value. 300%: T±12% (min ±100ms)
value note 3) 500, 1000%: T±7% (min ±100ms)
* T is a theory operating time.
(The lower limit of the
operating time is 150ms.)
In case of time magnification L≤10
note 4)
Instant ground fault (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
over-current relay (50G) value setting value 0 to operation value. (min ±100mA)
(2) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time setting value 0 to 200% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
· Time setting: Minimum
or setting value
Over-voltage relay (OV) (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
value settting value Input voltage slowly
note 1) · Time setting: 0s 100V to operation value.
note 5)
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
time settting value Input voltage rapidly (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting 0 to 120% of setting value.
value
Under-voltage relay (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
(UV, UV2) value settting value note 6)
· Time setting: 0s Input voltage slowly
100V to operation value.
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
time settting value note 6) (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting Input voltage rapidly In the case of 0s setting:
value 110V to 0V. within 35ms
Note 1: The input of the current element of the instant, definite and over-current relay is common. And, the action value test is representative
confirmation of (50·INST) and (UV) on over-voltage element (OV) from using the input equal to under-voltage element (UV), as a principle,
since there is no characteristic error by the software.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-2


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FG type 2/5

Note 2: Though F-MPC60B is set at "there is a diagnostic function", and F3 (the three-phase unbalanced current abnormality) is displayed when the
current is gradually increased by single phase set tester at every individual phase, and the relay test is continued.
In addition, the current is increased, and the current value in which "E□" blinked( it lights connectedly ) on and off is the operation value.
"F3" is not displayed, if it is set at doing the nothing of the diagnostic function of the three-phase unbalance abnormality.

Note 3: Unit shipping set tester has tested all 300% and 500% and 1000%. And, it can be represented within 300%, 500% and 1000% in either data
validation, since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 4: T: The theory value of operation time


The theory value of operation time (at Time magnification = 10)
Input current
SI EI I2t VI LT
300% 6.30s 10.00s 80.00s 6.75s 60.0s
500% 4.28s 3.30s 28.80s 3.38s 30.0s
700% 3.53s 1.67s 14.69s 2.27s 20.0s
1,000% 2.97s 0.81s 7.20s 1.50s 13.3s

The formula of the theory value of operation time: T for the each over-current element
0.14 L 80 L 720 L
SI= 0.02 × EI= 2 × I2t= 2 × (I2t constant)
I −1.0 10 I −1.0 10 I 10
13.5 L 120 L
VI= × LT= ×
I−1 10 I−1 10
I: Input current (100%=1), L: Time magnification(time setting value: 0.5 to 20)

The allowable error of the operation time: ε


F-MPC60B satisfies the section6.5.2 table 11 of JEC-2510(Over-current relay).
(1) Formula for computation of error: ε
The theory operation time in "L=10 the standard operation time" because the fiducically value in case of the time magnification: L≤10

(i) In case of time magnification: L ≤ 10

TL L T10
10 100(%) Equation (1)
T10
(ii) In case of time magnification: L > 10

TL L T
10 10 100(%) Equation (2)
L T
10 10
The meaning of the symbol is next here
T10 : The theory operation time in the time magnification "L"=10 (standard operation time)
TL : The measured operation time in the time magnification times "L"
L : The time magnification times

< The calculation example >


When the time magnification: L=1 and "%Input=300%", the allowable error in the operation time in SI characteristics is calculated.
When equation (1) is transformed, the operation time: TL of the magnification: L becomes next
TL = (L/10)×T10+ε’×(T10/100) = (10L+ε’)×T10/100
Here, T10: the theory operation time in the time magnification: L=10 or T10=6.30 from the table of note 4.
ε’ = ±6.60 from the table of the allowable error
TL = {10×1+(±6.60)}×(6.30/100) = 0.214 or 1.046
Therefore, "the allowable error in the operation time" is 0.214-1.046(s).
However, the allowable error: ε' is the lower limit: ±100ms when the error calculated using the allowable error: ε' is smaller than "±100ms".

(2) The allowable error: ε’ (It is common to each characteristics)


The allowable error: ε’ (%)
%Input Time magnification: L=10 to 20
L=4 L=7
L=1 (Maximum)
300% ±6.60 ±8.40 ±10.20 ±12.00
500%, 1000% ±3.85 ±4.90 ±5.95 ±7.00
In case of the time magnification: L≤10, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 (Here, εa is the value of ε’ when L=10)
In case of the time magnification: L>10, ε’ = εa
For example, when L=2, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 = (±12.00)×(1+ 2/10)/2 = ±7.2

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-3


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FG type 3/5


(3) The allowable error of the operation time
Next the calculation result of 5 kinds of the inverse time characteristic will be shown.

Allowable error of the operation time (SI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.63s T4=2.52s T7=4.41s T10=6.30s T20=12.60s
300%
0.22 to 1.04s 2.00 to 3.05s 3.77 to 5.05s 5.55 to 7.05s 11.10 to 14.11s
T1=0.43s T4=1.71s T7=3.00s T10=4.28s T20=8.56s
500%
0.27 to 0.59s 1.51 to 1.92s 2.75 to 3.25s 3.99 to 4.57s 7.97 to 9.15s
T1=0.30s T4=1.19s T7=2.08s T10=2.97s T20=5.94s
1,000%
0.19 to 0.41s 1.05 to 1.33s 1.91 to 2.25s 2.77 to 3.17s 5.53 to 6.35s

Allowable error of the operation time (EI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=1.00s T4=4.00s T7=7.00s T10=10.00s T20=20.00s
300%
0.34 to 1.66s 3.16 to 4.84s 5.98 to 8.02s 8.80 to 11.20s 17.60 to 22.40s
T1=0.33s T4=1.33s T7=2.33s T10=3.33s T20=6.67s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.17 to 1.49s 2.14 to 2.53s 3.10 to 3.56s 6.20 to 7.13s
T1=0.08s T4=0.32s T7=0.57s T10=0.81s T20=1.62s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.23 to 0.42s 0.47 to 0.66s 0.71 to 0.90s 1.51 to 1.72s

Allowable error of the operation time (I2T characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=8.00s T4=32.00s T7=56.00s T10=80.00s T20=160.00s
300%
2.72 to 13.28s 25.28 to 38.72s 47.84 to 64.16s 70.40 to 89.60s 140.80 to 179.20s
T1=2.88s T4=11.52s T7=20.16s T10=28.80s T20=57.60s
500%
1.78 to 3.98s 10.11 to 12.93s 18.45 to 21.87s 26.79 to 30.81s 53.57 to 61.63s
T1=0.72s T4=2.88s T7=5.04s T10=7.20s T20=14.40s
1,000%
0.45 to 0.99s 2.53 to 3.23s 4.62 to 5.46s 6.70 to 7.70s 13.40 to 15.40s

Allowable error of the operation time (VI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.68s T4=2.70s T7=4.73s T10=6.75s T20=13.50s
300%
0.23 to 1.12s 2.14 to 3.26s 4.04 to 5.41s 5.94 to 7.56s 11.88 to 15.12s
T1=0.34s T4=1.35s T7=2.36s T10=3.38s T20=6.65s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.19 to 1.51s 2.17 to 2.56s 3.14 to 3.61s 6.28 to 7.22s
T1=0.15s T4=0.60s T7=1.05s T10=1.50s T20=3.00s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.50 to 0.70s 0.95 to 1.15s 1.40 to 1.60s 2.79 to 3.21s

Allowable error of the operation time (LT characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=6.00s T4=24.00s T1=42.00s T10=60.00s T20=120.00s
300%
2.04 to 9.96s 18.96 to 29.04s 35.88 to 48.12s 52.80 to 67.20s 105.60 to 134.40s
T1=3.00s T4=12.00s T1=21.00s T10=30.00s T20=60.00s
500%
1.85 to 4.15s 10.53 to 13.47s 19.22 to 22.78s 27.90 to 32.10s 55.80 to 64.20s
T1=1.33s T4=5.33s T1=9.33s T10=13.33s T20=26.67s
1,000%
0.82 to 1.84s 4.68 to 5.98s 8.54 to 10.12s 12.40 to 14.26s 24.80 to 28.53s

Note 5: Internal processing of the overvoltage relay: OV uses the ab-phase. Therefore, input the test voltage in the AB-phase.

Note 6: Internal processing of the undervoltage relay: UV uses "3-phase AND", "3-phase OR" or "2 out of 3". By single phase set tester, "the action
value" becomes action value of the A-phase, when the voltage of the A-phase decreases and when the voltage of B-phase and C-phase is 0V.
The voltage of the CA-phase deals with the voltage of AB-phase and BC-phase in "the vector synthesis". Therefore, the under-voltage test of
the CA-phase can be omitted by confirming of thunder-voltage test of AB-phase and BC-phase.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-4


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FG type 4/5

Precaution in the test


(1) Allowable conduction time of phase current input circuit (CT secondary current: 5A/1A type)
Input current Allowable energization time Input current Allowable energization time
0 to 15A It can be energized continuously. 20 to 40A 25s
40 to 80A 6.3s
15 to 20A 100s 80 to 100A 4s
· Take the non-energization period over 1 minute, after the current over rated 5A is applied, when the test is resumed.
· (I2t=(200A)2×1=40,000) between 40 times 1 second conformed for JEC-2500 is a standard on the overload capacity.

(2) Allowable maximum input voltage of the voltage input circuit (The voltage input to the voltage input circuit of the main body of F-MPC60B)
· Line-voltage (Vab, Vbc, Vca): 150V

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-5


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FG type 5/5

The basic test circuit


(1) Test of Instant relay, Define time relay, Over-current relay, Over-voltage relay and Under-voltage relay
T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM43FG)

Current/voltage A A13
Ia
B1 P
A15
amplifier I A14
A16
A21 B2 N
A23 Ic
A22
A24 Ib (A17, A19, A18, A20)
V V
A9 A
100VAC A10 B
A11 C

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Corresponding selective output
Circuit tester Corresponding selective output
or buzzer Corresponding selective output
(In case of valid of corresponding selective output)

Note)
If necessary, other protection of test target is locked.
For example, when the test of over-current relay at A-phase is performed, the protection 27(UV), 27-2(UV-2),
open-phase and 3-phase nonequilibrium (the setting code No.43, 46, 60 and 80) are locked before test.

(2) Test of ground fault over-current relay


T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM43FG)

Current/voltage A25 B1 P
amplifier I Io
A26 B2 N

V
100VAC

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Correspondig selective output

Circuit tester
or busser

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-6


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FD type 1/5


The relay test about UM43FD type (3CT / DG)
Purpose: Confirm that the characteristics of each relay elements is not abnormal.
Test contents Quality criterion
1. Appearance and structure : 1. There is nothing about damage, injury,
Confirm that it is not abnormal in the appearance. defacement, and corrosion.
2. Characteristics : 2. Accuracy is within the range below.
Type: UM43FD
Element name Item Condition Input Accuracy
Instant OC relay (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
(50·INST) value setting value 0 to operation value.
· A,B,C phase note 2)
(2) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly Within 40ms
time setting value 0 to 200% of setting value.
OC relay (Inverse time) (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
· Inverse(SI) or selected value setting value 0 to operation value.
characteristics. (EI, VI, LT or note 1) · Time setting: Minimum
I2t) or setting value
· Definite time(DT, DT2) · A,B,C phase note 2)
(2)-1 · Using the current Input current rapidly In case of time magnification L≥10
Operation time setting value 0 to 300% or 500% or The setting value
· inverse · Using the time setting 1000% of setting value. 300%: T±12% (min ±100ms)
value note 3) 500, 1000%: T±7% (min ±100ms)
· A,B,C phase * T is a theory operating time.
(The lower limit of the
operating time is 150ms.)
In case of time magnification L≤10
note 4)
(2)-2 · Using the current Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
Operation time setting value 0 to 200% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
· definite · Using the time setting value
· A,B,C phase
Ground fault over-current (1) Current · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
relay (67DG) operation setting value 0 to operation value. (min ±100mA)
value · Using the time setting value (phase angle 0°)
· Input voltage 150% of note 7)
setting value.
(2) Phase · Using the current Input current 1000% of The range of the action phase angle
characteristic setting value setting value. note 7)
· Measured action phase Change phase slowly
angle: lead phase and non-action angle to
lag phase of the current in action angle.
which the relay operates. note 7)
· Time setting: Minimum
· Input voltage 150% of
setting value.
(3) Operation · Using the current setting Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time value 0 to operation value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value (phase angle 0°) Less than 1s: ±50ms
· Input voltage 150% of note 7) 1s or more: ±5%
setting value.
Over-voltage relay (OV) (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
value settting value Input voltage slowly
note 1) · Time setting: 0s 100V to operation value.
note 5)
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
time settting value Input voltage rapidly (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value 0 to 120% of setting value.
Under-voltage relay (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
(UV, UV2) value settting value note 6)
· Time setting: 0s Input voltage slowly
100V to operation value.
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
time settting value note 6) (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value Input voltage rapidly In the case of 0s setting:
110V to 0V. within 35ms

Ground fault over-voltage (1) Operation · Using the voltage settting Input voltage slowly In case of EVT choice note 8)
relay (OVG) value value 0 to operation value. In case of ZPD choice
· Time setting: 0s Within setting value ±25%
(2) Operation · Using the voltage settting Input voltage rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time value 0 to 150% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-7


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FD type 2/5


Note 1: The input of the current element of the instant, definite and over-current relay is common. And, the action value test is representative
confirmation of (50·INST) and (UV) on over-voltage element (OV) from using the input equal to under-voltage element (UV), as a principle,
since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 2: Though F-MPC60B is set at "there is a diagnostic function", and F3 (the three-phase unbalanced current abnormality) is displayed when the
current is gradually increased by single phase set tester at every individual phase, and the relay test is continued.
In addition, the current is increased, and the current value in which "E□" blinked( it lights connectedly ) on and off is the operation value.
"F3" is not displayed, if it is set at doing the nothing of the diagnostic function of the three-phase unbalance abnormality.

Note 3: Unit shipping set tester has tested all 300% and 500% and 1000%. And, it can be represented within 300%, 500% and 1000% in either data
validation, since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 4: T: The theory value of operation time


The theory value of operation time (at Time magnification = 10)
%Input
SI EI I2t VI LT
300% 6.30s 10.00s 80.00s 6.75s 60.0s
500% 4.28s 3.33s 28.80s 3.38s 30.0s
700% 3.53s 1.67s 14.69s 2.27s 20.0s
1,000% 2.97s 0.81s 7.20s 1.50s 13.3s

The formula of the theory value of operation time: T for the each over-current element
0.14 L 80 L 720 L
SI = 0.02 × EI = 2 × I2t = 2 × (I2t constant)
I −1.0 10 I −1.0 10 I 10
13.5 L 120 L
VI = × LT = ×
I−1 10 I−1 10
I: %Input (100%=1), L: Time magnification (Time setting value: 0.5 to 20)

The allowable error of the operation time: ε


F-MPC60B satisfies the section6.5.2 table 11 of JEC-2510(Over-current relay).
(1) Formula for computation of error: ε
The theory operation time in "L=10 the standard operation time" because the fiducically value in case of the time magnification: L≤10

(i) In case of time magnification: L ≤ 10

TL L T10
10 100(%) Equation (1)
T10
(ii) In case of time magnification: L > 10

TL L T
10 10 100(%) Equation (2)
L T
10 10
The meaning of the symbol is next here
T10 : The theory operation time in the time magnification "L"=10 (standard operation time)
TL : The measured operation time in the time magnification times "L"
L : The time magnification times

< The calculation example >


When the time magnification: L=1 and "%Input=300%", the allowable error in the operation time in SI characteristics is calculated.
When equation (1) is transformed, the operation time: TL of the magnification: L becomes next
TL = (L/10)×T10+ε’×(T10/100) = (10L+ε’)×T10/100
Here, T10: the theory operation time in the time magnification: L=10 or T10=6.30 from the table of note 4.
ε’ = ±6.60 from the table of the allowable error
TL = {10×1+(±6.60)}×(6.30/100) = 0.214 or 1.046
Therefore, "the allowable error in the operation time" is 0.214-1.046(s).
However, the allowable error: ε' is the lower limit: ±100ms when the error calculated using the allowable error: ε' is smaller than "±100ms".

(2) The allowable error: ε’ (It is common to each characteristics)


The allowable error: ε’ (%)
%Input Time magnification: L=10 to 20
L=4 L=7
L=1 (Maximum)
300% ±6.60 ±8.40 ±10.20 ±12.00
500%, 1,000% ±3.85 ±4.90 ±5.95 ±7.00
In case of the time magnification: L≤10, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 (Here, εa is the value of ε’ when L=10)
In case of the time magnification: L>10, ε’ = εa
For example, when L=2, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 = (±12.00)×(1+ 2/10)/2 = ±7.2

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-8


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FD type 3/5

(3) The allowable error of the operation time


Next the calculation result of 5 kinds of the inverse time characteristic will be shown.

Allowable error of the operation time (SI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.63s T4=2.52s T7=4.41s T10=6.30s T20=12.60s
300%
0.22 to 1.04s 2.00 to 3.05s 3.77 to 5.05s 5.55 to 7.05s 11.10 to 14.11s
T1=0.43s T4=1.71s T7=3.00s T10=4.28s T20=8.56s
500%
0.27 to 0.59s 1.51 to 1.92s 2.75 to 3.25s 3.99 to 4.57s 7.97 to 9.15s
T1=0.30s T4=1.19s T7=2.08s T10=2.97s T20=5.94s
1,000%
0.19 to 0.41s 1.05 to 1.33s 1.91 to 2.25s 2.77 to 3.17s 5.53 to 6.35s

Allowable error of the operation time (EI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=1.00s T4=4.00s T7=7.00s T10=10.00s T20=20.00s
300%
0.34 to 1.66s 3.16 to 4.84s 5.98 to 8.02s 8.80 to 11.20s 17.60 to 22.40s
T1=0.33s T4=1.33s T7=2.33s T10=3.33s T20=6.67s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.17 to 1.49s 2.14 to 2.53s 3.10 to 3.56s 6.20 to 7.13s
T1=0.08s T4=0.32s T7=0.57s T10=0.81s T20=1.62s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.23 to 0.42s 0.47 to 0.66s 0.71 to 0.90s 1.51 to 1.72s

Allowable error of the operation time (I2t characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=8.00s T4=32.00s T7=56.00s T10=80.00s T20=160.00s
300%
2.72 to 13.28s 25.28 to 38.72s 47.84 to 64.16s 70.40 to 89.60s 140.80 to 179.20s
T1=2.88s T4=11.52s T7=20.16s T10=28.80s T20=57.60s
500%
1.78 to 3.98s 10.11 to 12.93s 18.45 to 21.87s 26.79 to 30.81s 53.57 to 61.63s
T1=0.72s T4=2.88s T7=5.04s T10=7.20s T20=14.40s
1,000%
0.45 to 0.99s 2.53 to 3.23s 4.62 to 5.46s 6.70 to 7.70s 13.40 to 15.40s

Allowable error of the operation time (VI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.68s T4=2.70s T7=4.73s T10=6.75s T20=13.50s
300%
0.23 to 1.12s 2.14 to 3.26s 4.04 to 5.41s 5.94 to 7.56s 11.88 to 15.12s
T1=0.34s T4=1.35s T7=2.36s T10=3.38s T20=6.65s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.19 to 1.51s 2.17 to 2.56s 3.14 to 3.61s 6.28 to 7.22s
T1=0.15s T4=0.60s T7=1.05s T10=1.50s T20=3.00s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.50 to 0.70s 0.95 to 1.15s 1.40 to 1.60s 2.79 to 3.21s

Allowable error of the operation time (LT characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=6.00s T4=24.00s T1=42.00s T10=60.00s T20=120.00s
300%
2.04 to 9.96s 18.96 to 29.04s 35.88 to 48.12s 52.80 to 67.20s 105.60 to 134.40s
T1=3.00s T4=12.00s T1=21.00s T10=30.00s T20=60.00s
500%
1.85 to 4.15s 10.53 to 13.47s 19.22 to 22.78s 27.90 to 32.10s 55.80 to 64.20s
T1=1.33s T4=5.33s T1=9.33s T10=13.33s T20=26.67s
1,000%
0.82 to 1.84s 4.68 to 5.98s 8.54 to 10.12s 12.40 to 14.26s 24.80 to 28.53s

Note 5: Internal processing of the overvoltage relay: OV uses the ab-phase. Therefore, input the test voltage in the AB-phase.

Note 6: Internal processing of the undervoltage relay: UV uses "3-phase AND", "3-phase OR" or "2 out of 3". By single phase set tester, "the action
value" becomes action value of the A-phase, when the voltage of the A-phase decreases and when the voltage of B-phase and C-phase is 0V.
The voltage of the CA-phase deals with the voltage of AB-phase and BC-phase in "the vector synthesis". Therefore, the under-voltage test of
the CA-phase can be omitted by confirming of thunder-voltage test of AB-phase and BC-phase.

Note 7: Maximum sensitivity phase angle and operation phase angle range
Maximum sensitivity phase angle The error of the operation phase angle (α=12.5°)
0° Lead 80°±α Lag 80°±α

Note 8: The calculation of allowable error ε (%) in using EVT (It is not an overall error combined with EVT.)
"JEC-2511 Static 5V-class" is satisfied and the allowable error is calculated using the setting value in the next.
ε = ±2×[2.3+ {100%/the setting value (%) of the setting code No.34} ×0.16] %

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-9


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FD type 4/5


Precaution in the test
Input current Allowable energization time Input current Allowable energization time
0 to 15A It can be energized continuously. 20 to 40A 25s
40 to 80A 6.3s
15 to 20A 100s 80 to 100A 4s

(1) Allowable conduction time of phase current input circuit (CT secondary current: 5A/1A type)
· Take the non-energization period over 1 minute, after the current over rated 5A is applied, when the test is resumed.
· (I2t=(200A)2×1=40,000) between 40 times 1 second conformed for JEC-2500 is a standard on the overload capacity.

(2) Allowable maximum input voltage of the voltage input circuit (The voltage input to the voltage input circuit of the main body of F-MPC60B)
· Line-voltage (Vab, Vbc, Vca) : 150V
· Zero-phase voltage (V0) : EVT: 150V
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-1) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-1 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-2) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-2 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-10


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM43FD type 5/5

The basic test circuit


(1) Test of Instant relay, Define time relay, Over-current relay, Over-voltage relay and Under-voltage relay
T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM43FD)

Current/voltage A A13 Ia B1 P
A15
amplifier I A14
A16
A21 Ic B2 N
A23
A22
A24 Ib(A17, A19, A18, A20)
V V
A9 A
100VAC
A10 B
A11 C

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Corresponding selective output
Circuit tester Corresponding selective output
or buzzer Corresponding selective output
(In case of valid of corresponding selective output)
Note)
If necessary, other protection of test target is locked.
For example, when the test of over-current relay at A-phase is performed, the protection 27(UV), 27-2(UV-2),
open-phase and 3-phase nonequilibrium (the setting code No.43, 46, 60 and 80) are locked before test.

(2) Test of ground directional relay and ground fault over-voltage relay
(i) In the use of EVT
T.Tm F-MPC60B(UM43FD)

Voltage/current A25 B1 P
amplifier I
A26 B2 N
A27

V V EVT VO
100VAC A29
A28
Short circuit
A30

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Corresponding selective output
Circuit tester
or buzzer

(ii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-1 type)


F-MPC60B (UM43FD)
From the source voltage
Y1
T ZPD-1 A28 ZPD
E A29 VO
Y2 No-connection A27

No-connection A30

(iii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-2 type)


F-MPC60B (UM43FD)
From the source voltage
Y1
T ZPD-2 A28 ZPD
E transformer A29 VO
Y2 No-connection A27

No-connection A30

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-11


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42F type 1/5


The relay test about UM42F type (2CT / DG)
Purpose: Confirm that the characteristics of each relay elements is not abnormal.
Test contents Quality criterion
1. Appearance and structure: 1. There is nothing about damage,
Confirm that it is not abnormal in the appearance. injury, defacement, and corrosion.
2. Characteristics : 2. Accuracy is within the range
Type: UM42F below.
Element name Item Condition Input Accuracy
Instant OC relay (1) Operation · Using the current setting Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
(50·INST) value value 0 to operation value.
· A,B,C phase note 2)
(2) Operation · Using the current setting Input current rapidly Within 40ms
time value 0 to 200% of setting value.
OC relay (Inverse time) (1) Operation · Using the current setting Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
· Inverse(SI) or selected value value 0 to operation value.
characteristics. (EI or VI note 1) · Time setting: Minimum
or LT or I2t) or setting value
· Definite time(DT, DT2) · A,B,C phase note 2)
(2)-1 · Using the current setting Input current rapidly In case of time magnification L≥10
Operation value 0 to 300% or 500% or The setting value
time · Using the time setting 1000% of setting value. 300%: T±12% (min ±100ms)
· inverse value note 3) 500, 1000%: T±7% (min ±100ms)
· A,B,C phase * T is a theory operating time.
(The lower limit of the
operating time is 150ms.)
In case of time magnification L≤10
note 4)
(2)-2 · Using the current setting Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
Operation value 0 to 200% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
time · Using the time setting value
· definite · A,B,C phase
Ground fault over-current (1) Current · Using the current setting Input current slowly In case of 200mA setting
relay (67DG) operation value 0 to operation value. 121mA to 292mA of the primary
value · Using the time setting value (phase angle 30, 45, 60°) zero-phase current note 9)
· Input voltage 150% of note 7)
setting value.
(2) Phase · Using the current setting Input current 1000% of setting The range of the action phase angle
characteristic value value. note 7)
· Measured action phase Change phase slowly
angle: lead phase and non-action angle to
lag phase of the current in action angle.
which the relay operates. note 7)
· Time setting: Minimum
· Input voltage 150% of
setting value.
(3) Operation · Using the current setting Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time value 0 to operation value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value (phase angle 30, 45, 60°) Less than 1s: ±50ms
· Input voltage 150% of note 7) 1s or more: ±5%
setting value.
Over-voltage relay (OV) (1) Operation · Using the voltage setttinginput phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
value value Input voltage slowly
note 1) · Time setting: 0s 100V to operation value.
note 5)
(2) Operation · Using the voltage settting input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
time value Input voltage rapidly (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value 0 to 120% of setting value.
Under-voltage relay (1) Operation · Using the voltage settting input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
(UV, UV2) value value note 6)
· Time setting: 0s Input voltage slowly
100V to operation value.
(2) Operation · Using the voltage settting input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
time value note 6) (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value Input voltage rapidly In the case of 0s setting:
110V to 0V. within 35ms
Ground fault over-voltage (1) Operation · Using the voltage settting Input voltage slowly In case of EVT choice note 8)
relay (OVG) value value 0 to operation value. In case of ZPD choice
· Time setting: 0s Within setting value ±25%
(2) Operation · Using the voltage settting Input voltage rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time value 0 to 150% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting value

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-12


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42F type 2/5


Note 1: The input of the current element of the instant, definite and over-current relay is common. And, the action value test is representative
confirmation of (50·INST) and (UV) on over-voltage element (OV) from using the input equal to under-voltage element (UV), as a principle,
since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 2: Though F-MPC60B is set at "there is a diagnostic function", and F3 (the three-phase unbalanced current abnormality) is displayed when the
current is gradually increased by single phase set tester at every individual phase, and the relay test is continued.
In addition, the current is increased, and the current value in which "E□" blinked( it lights connectedly ) on and off is the operation value.
"F3" is not displayed, if it is set at doing the nothing of the diagnostic function of the three-phase unbalance abnormality.

Note 3: Unit shipping set tester has tested all 300% and 500% and 1000%. And, it can be represented within 300%, 500% and 1000% in either data
validation, since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 4: T: The theory value of operation time


The theory value of operation time (at Time magnification = 10)
Input current
SI EI I2t VI LT
300% 6.30s 10.00s 80.00s 6.75s 60.0s
500% 4.28s 3.33s 28.80s 3.38s 30.0s
700% 3.53s 1.67s 14.69s 2.27s 20.0s
1,000% 2.97s 0.81s 7.20s 1.50s 13.3s

The formula of the theory value of operation time: T for the each over-current element
0.14 L 80 L 720 L
SI= 0.02 × EI= 2 × I2t= 2 × (I2t constant)
I −1.0 10 I −1.0 10 I 10
13.5 L 120 L
VI= × LT= ×
I−1 10 I−1 10
I: Input current (100%=1), L: Time magnification(time setting value: 0.5 to 20)

The allowable error of the operation time: ε


F-MPC60B satisfies the section6.5.2 table 11 of JEC-2510(Over-current relay).
(1) Formula for computation of error: ε
The theory operation time in "L=10 the standard operation time" because the fiducically value in case of the time magnification: L≤10

(i) In case of time magnification: L ≤ 10

TL L T10
10 100(%) Equation (1)
T10
(ii) In case of time magnification: L > 10

TL L T
10 10 100(%) Equation (2)
L T
10 10
The meaning of the symbol is next here
T10 : The theory operation time in the time magnification "L"=10 (standard operation time)
TL : The measured operation time in the time magnification times "L"
L : The time magnification times

< The calculation example >


When the time magnification: L=1 and "%Input=300%", the allowable error in the operation time in SI characteristics is calculated.
When equation (1) is transformed, the operation time: TL of the magnification: L becomes next
TL = (L/10)×T10+ε’×(T10/100) = (10L+ε’)×T10/100
Here, T10: the theory operation time in the time magnification: L=10 or T10=6.30 from the table of note 4.
ε’ = ±6.60 from the table of the allowable error
TL = {10×1+(±6.60)}×(6.30/100) = 0.214 or 1.046
Therefore, "the allowable error in the operation time" is 0.214-1.046(s).
However, the allowable error: ε' is the lower limit: ±100ms when the error calculated using the allowable error: ε' is smaller than "±100ms".

(2) The allowable error: ε’ (It is common to each characteristics)


The allowable error: ε’ (%)
%Input Time magnification: L=10 to 20
L=4 L=7
L=1 (Maximum)
300% ±6.60 ±8.40 ±10.20 ±12.00
500%, 1000% ±3.85 ±4.90 ±5.95 ±7.00
In case of the time magnification: L≤10, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 (Here, εa is the value of ε’ when L=10)
In case of the time magnification: L>10, ε’ = εa
For example, when L=2, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 = (±12.00)×(1+ 2/10)/2 = ±7.2

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-13


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42F type 3/5

(3) The allowable error of the operation time


Next the calculation result of 5 kinds of the inverse time characteristic will be shown.

Allowable error of the operation time (SI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.63s T4=2.52s T7=4.41s T10=6.30s T20=12.60s
300%
0.22 to 1.04s 2.00 to 3.05s 3.77 to 5.05s 5.55 to 7.05s 11.10 to 14.11s
T1=0.43s T4=1.71s T7=3.00s T10=4.28s T20=8.56s
500%
0.27 to 0.59s 1.51 to 1.92s 2.75 to 3.25s 3.99 to 4.57s 7.97 to 9.15s
T1=0.30s T4=1.19s T7=2.08s T10=2.97s T20=5.94s
1,000%
0.19 to 0.41s 1.05 to 1.33s 1.91 to 2.25s 2.77 to 3.17s 5.53 to 6.35s

Allowable error of the operation time (EI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=1.00s T4=4.00s T7=7.00s T10=10.00s T20=20.00s
300%
0.34 to 1.66s 3.16 to 4.84s 5.98 to 8.02s 8.80 to 11.20s 17.60 to 22.40s
T1=0.33s T4=1.33s T7=2.33s T10=3.33s T20=6.67s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.17 to 1.49s 2.14 to 2.53s 3.10 to 3.56s 6.20 to 7.13s
T1=0.08s T4=0.32s T7=0.57s T10=0.81s T20=1.62s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.23 to 0.42s 0.47 to 0.66s 0.71 to 0.90s 1.51 to 1.72s

Allowable error of the operation time (I2T characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=8.00s T4=32.00s T7=56.00s T10=80.00s T20=160.00s
300%
2.72 to 13.28s 25.28 to 38.72s 47.84 to 64.16s 70.40 to 89.60s 140.80 to 179.20s
T1=2.88s T4=11.52s T7=20.16s T10=28.80s T20=57.60s
500%
1.78 to 3.98s 10.11 to 12.93s 18.45 to 21.87s 26.79 to 30.81s 53.57 to 61.63s
T1=0.72s T4=2.88s T7=5.04s T10=7.20s T20=14.40s
1,000%
0.45 to 0.99s 2.53 to 3.23s 4.62 to 5.46s 6.70 to 7.70s 13.40 to 15.40s

Allowable error of the operation time (VI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.68s T4=2.70s T7=4.73s T10=6.75s T20=13.50s
300%
0.23 to 1.12s 2.14 to 3.26s 4.04 to 5.41s 5.94 to 7.56s 11.88 to 15.12s
T1=0.34s T4=1.35s T7=2.36s T10=3.38s T20=6.65s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.19 to 1.51s 2.17 to 2.56s 3.14 to 3.61s 6.28 to 7.22s
T1=0.15s T4=0.60s T7=1.05s T10=1.50s T20=3.00s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.50 to 0.70s 0.95 to 1.15s 1.40 to 1.60s 2.79 to 3.21s

Allowable error of the operation time (LT characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=6.00s T4=24.00s T1=42.00s T10=60.00s T20=120.00s
300%
2.04 to 9.96s 18.96 to 29.04s 35.88 to 48.12s 52.80 to 67.20s 105.60 to 134.40s
T1=3.00s T4=12.00s T1=21.00s T10=30.00s T20=60.00s
500%
1.85 to 4.15s 10.53 to 13.47s 19.22 to 22.78s 27.90 to 32.10s 55.80 to 64.20s
T1=1.33s T4=5.33s T1=9.33s T10=13.33s T20=26.67s
1,000%
0.82 to 1.84s 4.68 to 5.98s 8.54 to 10.12s 12.40 to 14.26s 24.80 to 28.53s

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-14


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42F type 4/5


Note 5: Internal processing of the overvoltage relay: OV uses the ab-phase. Therefore, input the test voltage in the AB-phase.

Note 6: Internal processing of the undervoltage relay: UV uses "3-phase AND", "3-phase OR" or "2 out of 3". By single phase set tester, "the action
value" becomes action value of the A-phase, when the voltage of the A-phase decreases and when the voltage of B-phase and C-phase is 0V.
The voltage of the CA-phase deals with the voltage of AB-phase and BC-phase in "the vector synthesis". Therefore, the under-voltage test of
the CA-phase can be omitted by confirming of thunder-voltage test of AB-phase and BC-phase.

Note 7: Maximum sensitivity phase angle and operation phase angle range
Maximum sensitivity phase angle The error of the operation phase angle (α=12.5°)
Lead 30° Lead 110°±α Lag 50°±α
Lead 45° Lead 125°±α Lag 35°±α
Lead 60° Lead 140°±α Lag 20°±α

Note 8: The calculation of allowable error ε (%) in using EVT (It is not an overall error combined with EVT.)
"JEC-2511 Static 5V-class" is satisfied and the allowable error is calculated using the setting value in the next.
ε = ±2×[2.3+ {100%/the setting value (%) of the setting code No.34} ×0.16] %

Note 9: The calculation of the tolerance


The ZCT secondary current allowable error of L-class is ±33% (JEC-1201,section 6.3), and the operation allowable error of the relay is ±10%.
Therefore, the tolerance of the "+" side =200×1.33×1.1 = 292mA.
the tolerance of the "-" side = 200×0.67×0.9 = 121mA.

Precaution in the test


Input current Allowable energization time Input current Allowable energization time
0 to 15A It can be energized continuously. 20 to 40A 25s
40 to 80A 6.3s
15 to 20A 100s 80 to 100A 4s

(1) Allowable conduction time of phase current input circuit (CT secondary current: 5A/1A type)
· Take the non-energization period over 1 minute, after the current over rated 5A is applied, when the test is resumed.
· (I2t=(200A)2×1=40,000) between 40 times 1 second conformed for JEC-2500 is a standard on the overload capacity.

(2) Allowable maximum input voltage of the voltage input circuit (The voltage input to the voltage input circuit of the main body of F-MPC60B)
· Line-voltage (Vab, Vbc, Vca) : 150V
· Zero-phase voltage (V0) : EVT: 150V
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-1) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-1 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-2) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-2 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-15


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42F type 5/5


The basic test circuit
(1) Test of Instant relay, Define time relay, Over-current relay, Over-voltage relay and Under-voltage relay
T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM42F)

Current/voltage A A13 Ia B1 P
A15
amplifier I A14
A16
A21 B2 N
A23 Ic
A22
A24
V V Ib(A17, A19, A18, A20)
A9 A
100VAC A10 B
A11 C

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Corresponding selective output
Circuit tester Corresponding selective output
or buzzer Corresponding selective output
(In case of valid of corresponding selective output)

Note)
If necessary, other protection of test target is locked.
For example, when the test of over-current relay at A-phase is performed, the protection 27(UV), 27-2(UV-2),
open-phase and 3-phase nonequilibrium (the setting code No.43, 46, 60 and 80) are locked before test.

(2) Test of ground directional relay and ground fault over-voltage relay
(i) In the use of EVT
ZCT T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM42F)

Current/voltage A25 B1 P
amplifier I
A26 B2 N
A27
V V EVT V0
100VAC A29

A28
Short-circuit
A30

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
100VAC Hour meter
Circuit tester Corresponding
selective output
or buzzer

(ii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-1 type)


F-MPC60B (UM42F)
From the source voltage
Y1
T ZPD-1 A28 ZPD
E A29 V0
Y2 No-connection A27
No-connection A30

(iii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-2 type)


F-MPC60B (UM42F)
From the source voltage
Y1
T ZPD-2 A28 ZPD
E Transformer A29 V0
Y2 No-connection A27
No-connection A30

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-16


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42C type 1/5


The relay test about UM42C type (2CT / DG)
Purpose: Confirm that the characteristics of each relay elements is not abnormal.
Test contents Quality criterion
1. Appearance and structure: 1. There is nothing about damage,
Confirm that it is not abnormal in the appearance. injury, defacement, and corrosion.
2. Characteristics: 2. Accuracy is within the range
Type: UM42C below.
Element name Item Condition Input Accuracy
Instant OC relay (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
(50·INST) value setting value 0 to operation value.
· A,B,C phase note 2)
(2) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly Within 40ms
time setting value 0 to 200% of setting value.
OC relay (Inverse time) (1) Operation · Using the current Input current slowly Within setting value ±5%
· Inverse(SI) or selected value setting value 0 to operation value.
characteristics. (EI or VI note 1) · Time setting: Minimum
or LT or I2t) or setting value
· Definite time(DT, DT2) · A,B,C phase note 2)
(2)-1 · Using the current Input current rapidly In case of time magnification L≥10
Operation setting value 0 to 300% or 500% or The setting value
time · Using the time setting 1000% of setting value. 300%: T±12% (min ±100ms)
· inverse value note 3) 500, 1000%: T±7% (min ±100ms)
· A,B,C phase * T is a theory operating time.
(The lower limit of the
operating time is 150ms.)
In case of time magnification L≤10
note 4)
(2)-2 · Using the current Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
Operation setting value 0 to 200% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
time · Using the time setting
· definite value
· A,B,C phase
Ground fault over-current (1) Current · Using the current Input current slowly In case of 200mA setting
relay (67DG) operation setting value 0 to operation value. 121mA to 292mA of the primary
value · Using the time setting (phase angle 30, 45, 60°) zero-phase current note 9)
value note 7)
· Input voltage 150% of
setting value.
(2) Phase · Using the current Input current 1000% of The range of the action phase angle
characteristic setting value setting value. note 7)
· Measured action phase Change phase slowly
angle: lead phase and non-action angle to
lag phase of the current action angle.
in which the relay note 7)
operates.
· Time setting: Minimum
· Input voltage 150% of
setting value.
(3) Operation · Using the current Input current rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time setting value 0 to operation value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting (phase angle 30, 45, 60°) Less than 1s: ±50ms
value note 7) 1s or more: ±5%
· Input voltage 150% of
setting value.

Note 1: The input of the current element of the instant, definite and over-current relay is common. And, the action value test is representative
confirmation of (50·INST) and (UV) on over-voltage element (OV) from using the input equal to under-voltage element (UV), as a principle,
since there is no characteristic error by the software.

Note 2: Though F-MPC60B is set at "there is a diagnostic function", and F3 (the three-phase unbalanced current abnormality) is displayed when the
current is gradually increased by single phase set tester at every individual phase, and the relay test is continued.
In addition, the current is increased, and the current value in which "E□" blinked( it lights connectedly ) on and off is the operation value.
"F3" is not displayed, if it is set at doing the nothing of the diagnostic function of the three-phase unbalance abnormality.

Note 3: Unit shipping set tester has tested all 300% and 500% and 1000%. And, it can be represented within 300%, 500% and 1000% in either data
validation, since there is no characteristic error by the software.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-17


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42C type 2/5

Note 4: T: The theory value of operation time


The theory value of operation time (at Time magnification = 10)
%Input
SI EI I2t VI LT
300% 6.30s 10.00s 80.00s 6.75s 60.0s
500% 4.28s 3.33s 28.80s 3.38s 30.0s
700% 3.53s 1.67s 14.69s 2.27s 20.0s
1,000% 2.97s 0.81s 7.20s 1.50s 13.3s

The formula of the theory value of operation time: T for the each over-current element
0.14 L 80 L 720 L
SI = 0.02 × EI = 2 × I2t = 2 × (I2t constant)
I −1.0 10 I −1.0 10 I 10
13.5 L 120 L
VI = × LT = ×
I−1 10 I−1 10
I: %Input (100%=1), L: Time magnification (Time setting value: 0.5 to 20)

The allowable error of the operation time: ε


F-MPC60B satisfies the section6.5.2 table 11 of JEC-2510(Over-current relay).
(1) Formula for computation of error: ε
The theory operation time in "L=10 the standard operation time" because the fiducically value in case of the time magnification: L≤10

(i) In case of time magnification: L ≤ 10

TL L T10
10 100(%) Equation (1)
T10
(ii) In case of time magnification: L > 10

TL L T
10 10 100(%) Equation (2)
L T
10 10
The meaning of the symbol is next here
T10 : The theory operation time in the time magnification "L"=10 (standard operation time)
TL : The measured operation time in the time magnification times "L"
L : The time magnification times

< The calculation example >


When the time magnification: L=1 and "%Input=300%", the allowable error in the operation time in SI characteristics is calculated.
When equation (1) is transformed, the operation time: TL of the magnification: L becomes next
TL = (L/10)×T10+ε’×(T10/100) = (10L+ε’)×T10/100
Here, T10: the theory operation time in the time magnification: L=10 or T10=6.30 from the table of note 4.
ε’ = ±6.60 from the table of the allowable error
TL = {10×1+(±6.60)}×(6.30/100) = 0.214 or 1.046
Therefore, "the allowable error in the operation time" is 0.214-1.046(s).
However, the allowable error: ε' is the lower limit: ±100ms when the error calculated using the allowable error: ε' is smaller than "±100ms".

(2) The allowable error: ε’ (It is common to each characteristics)


The allowable error: ε’ (%)
%Input Time magnification: L=10 to 20
L=4 L=7
L=1 (Maximum)
300% ±6.60 ±8.40 ±10.20 ±12.00
500%, 1,000% ±3.85 ±4.90 ±5.95 ±7.00
In case of the time magnification: L≤10, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 (Here, εa is the value of ε’ when L=10)
In case of the time magnification: L>10, ε’ = εa
For example, when L=2, ε’ = εa×(1+L/10)/2 = (±12.00)×(1+ 2/10)/2 = ±7.2

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-18


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42C type 3/5


(3) The allowable error of the operation time
Next the calculation result of 5 kinds of the inverse time characteristic will be shown.

Allowable error of the operation time (SI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.63s T4=2.52s T7=4.41s T10=6.30s T20=12.60s
300%
0.22 to 1.04s 2.00 to 3.05s 3.77 to 5.05s 5.55 to 7.05s 11.10 to 14.11s
T1=0.43s T4=1.71s T7=3.00s T10=4.28s T20=8.56s
500%
0.27 to 0.59s 1.51 to 1.92s 2.75 to 3.25s 3.99 to 4.57s 7.97 to 9.15s
T1=0.30s T4=1.19s T7=2.08s T10=2.97s T20=5.94s
1,000%
0.19 to 0.41s 1.05 to 1.33s 1.91 to 2.25s 2.77 to 3.17s 5.53 to 6.35s

Allowable error of the operation time (EI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=1.00s T4=4.00s T7=7.00s T10=10.00s T20=20.00s
300%
0.34 to 1.66s 3.16 to 4.84s 5.98 to 8.02s 8.80 to 11.20s 17.60 to 22.40s
T1=0.33s T4=1.33s T7=2.33s T10=3.33s T20=6.67s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.17 to 1.49s 2.14 to 2.53s 3.10 to 3.56s 6.20 to 7.13s
T1=0.08s T4=0.32s T7=0.57s T10=0.81s T20=1.62s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.23 to 0.42s 0.47 to 0.66s 0.71 to 0.90s 1.51 to 1.72s

Allowable error of the operation time (I2t characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=8.00s T4=32.00s T7=56.00s T10=80.00s T20=160.00s
300%
2.72 to 13.28s 25.28 to 38.72s 47.84 to 64.16s 70.40 to 89.60s 140.80 to 179.20s
T1=2.88s T4=11.52s T7=20.16s T10=28.80s T20=57.60s
500%
1.78 to 3.98s 10.11 to 12.93s 18.45 to 21.87s 26.79 to 30.81s 53.57 to 61.63s
T1=0.72s T4=2.88s T7=5.04s T10=7.20s T20=14.40s
1,000%
0.45 to 0.99s 2.53 to 3.23s 4.62 to 5.46s 6.70 to 7.70s 13.40 to 15.40s

Allowable error of the operation time (VI characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=0.68s T4=2.70s T7=4.73s T10=6.75s T20=13.50s
300%
0.23 to 1.12s 2.14 to 3.26s 4.04 to 5.41s 5.94 to 7.56s 11.88 to 15.12s
T1=0.34s T4=1.35s T7=2.36s T10=3.38s T20=6.65s
500%
0.21 to 0.46s 1.19 to 1.51s 2.17 to 2.56s 3.14 to 3.61s 6.28 to 7.22s
T1=0.15s T4=0.60s T7=1.05s T10=1.50s T20=3.00s
1,000%
0.05 to 0.25s 0.50 to 0.70s 0.95 to 1.15s 1.40 to 1.60s 2.79 to 3.21s

Allowable error of the operation time (LT characteristic)


%Input Time magnification
L=1 L=4 L=7 L=10 L=20
T1=6.00s T4=24.00s T1=42.00s T10=60.00s T20=120.00s
300%
2.04 to 9.96s 18.96 to 29.04s 35.88 to 48.12s 52.80 to 67.20s 105.60 to 134.40s
T1=3.00s T4=12.00s T1=21.00s T10=30.00s T20=60.00s
500%
1.85 to 4.15s 10.53 to 13.47s 19.22 to 22.78s 27.90 to 32.10s 55.80 to 64.20s
T1=1.33s T4=5.33s T1=9.33s T10=13.33s T20=26.67s
1,000%
0.82 to 1.84s 4.68 to 5.98s 8.54 to 10.12s 12.40 to 14.26s 24.80 to 28.53s

Note 7,8: Maximum sensitivity phase angle and operation phase angle range
*) Ground directional test is performed with the receiving unit or the bus unit for detection of zero-phase voltage.
Maximum sensitivity phase angle The error of the operation phase angle (α=12.5°)
Lead 30° Lead 110°±α Lag 50°±α
Lead 45° Lead 125°±α Lag 35°±α
Lead 60° Lead 140°±α Lag 20°±α

Note 9: The calculation of the tolerance


The ZCT secondary current allowable error of L-class is ±33% (JEC-1201,section 6.3), and the operation allowable error of the relay is ±10%.
Therefore, the tolerance of the "+" side =200×1.33×1.1 = 292mA.
the tolerance of the "-" side = 200×0.67×0.9 = 121mA.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-19


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42C type 4/5


Precaution in the test
Input current Allowable energization time Input current Allowable energization time
0 to 15A It can be energized continuously. 20 to 40A 25s
40 to 80A 6.3s
15 to 20A 100s 80 to 100A 4s

(1) Allowable conduction time of phase current input circuit (CT secondary current: 5A/1A type)
· Take the non-energization period over 1 minute, after the current over rated 5A is applied, when the test is resumed.
· (I2t=(200A)2×1=40,000) between 40 times 1 second conformed for JEC-2500 is a standard on the overload capacity.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-20


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM42C type 5/5

The basic test circuit


(1) Test of Instant relay, Define time relay and Over-current relay
T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM42C)

Voltage/current A A13 B1 P
A15 Ia
amplifier I A14
A16
A21 B2 N
A23 Ib
A22
A24
V Ic(A17, A19, A18, A20)

AC100V

B29
Oscillator
B30 Trip
AC100V Hour meter
Corresponding selective output
Circuit tester Corresponding selective output
or buzzer Corresponding selective output
(In case of valid of corresponding selective output)

Note)
If necessary, other protection of test target is locked.
For example, when the test of over-current relay at A-phase is performed, the protection open-phase and 3-phase
nonequilibrium (the setting code No.60 and 80) are locked before test.

(2) Ground directional relay


ZCT T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM42C)

Current/voltage A25 B1 P
amplifier I
A26 B2 N
M A4
V To the bus unit *
100VAC or the receiving unit N *) From the bus unit
A6
or the receiving unit

B29
Oscillator B30 Trip
100VAC
Hour meter Corresponding
selective output
Circuit tester
or buzzer

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-21


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM4B type 1/2


The relay test about UM4B type

Purpose: Confirm that the characteristics of each relay elements is not abnormal.
Test contents Quality criterion
1. Appearance and structure: 1. There is nothing about damage,
Confirm that it is not abnormal in the appearance. injury, defacement, and corrosion.
2. Characteristics: 2. Accuracy is within the range
Type: UM4B below.
Element name Item Condition Input Accuracy
Over-voltage relay (OV) (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
value settting value Input voltage slowly
note 1) · Time setting: 0s 100V to operation value.
note 2)
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB Within setting value ±5%
time settting value Input voltage rapidly (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting 0 to 120% of setting value.
value
Under-voltage relay (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
(UV, UV2) value settting value note 3)
· Time setting: 0s Input voltage slowly
100V to operation value.
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input phase: VAB or VBC Within setting value ±5%
time settting value note 3) (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting Input voltage rapidly In the case of 0s setting:
value 110V to 0V. within 35ms
Ground fault over-voltage (1) Operation · Using the voltage Input voltage slowly In case of EVT choice note 4)
relay (OVG) value settting value 0 to operation value. In case of ZPD choice
· Time setting: 0s Within setting value ±25%
(2) Operation · Using the voltage Input voltage rapidly Within setting value ±5%
time settting value 0 to 150% of setting value. (min ±50ms)
· Using the time setting
value
Note 1: The operation value test needs not to perform in principle about over-voltage elements (OV), because the used input is the same as
under-voltage elements and there is no characteristic error by software.

Note 2: Internal processing of the overvoltage relay: OV uses the ab-phase. Therefore, input the test voltage in the AB-phase.

Note 3: Internal processing of the undervoltage relay: UV uses "3-phase AND", "3-phase OR" or "2 out of 3". By single phase set tester, "the action
value" becomes action value of the A-phase, when the voltage of the A-phase decreases and when the voltage of B-phase and C-phase is 0V.
The voltage of the CA-phase deals with the voltage of AB-phase and BC-phase in "the vector synthesis". Therefore, the under-voltage test of
the CA-phase can be omitted by confirming of thunder-voltage test of AB-phase and BC-phase.

Note 4: The calculation of allowable error ε (%) in using EVT (It is not an overall error combined with EVT.)
"JEC-2511 Static 5V-class" is satisfied and the allowable error is calculated using the setting value in the next.
ε = ±2×[2.3+ {100%/the setting value (%) of the setting code No.34} ×0.16] %

Precaution in the test


(1) Allowable maximum input voltage of the voltage input circuit (The voltage input to the voltage input circuit of the main body of F-MPC60B)
· Line-voltage (Vab, Vbc, Vca) : 150V
· Zero-phase voltage (V0) : EVT: 150V
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-1) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-1 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)
: When ZPD (type: ZPD-2) is used, the voltage isn't inputted to the input part of F-MPC60B but it is inputted to
the primary side of ZPD-2 (or test terminal). (3-phase in parallel or test terminals)

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-22


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

UM4B type 2/2

The basic test circuit


(1) Test of Under-voltage relay and Ground fault over-voltage relay (EVT) (or Over-voltage relay)
(i) In the use of EVT
T.Tm F-MPC60B (UM4B)

Current/voltage A9 B1 P
amplifier I A

A10 B2 N
B
V V A11
C
100VAC
A27 EVT
A29 VO

Oscillator Circuit tester Corresponding


selective output
or buzzer Corresponding
100VAC selective output MN-signal
Corresponding
selective output

A28
Short-circuit
A30

(ii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-1 type)


From the source voltage F-MPC60B (UM4B)
Y1
T ZPD-1 A28 ZPD
E A29 V0
Y2
Circuit tester Corresponding
or buzzer selective output

No-connection A27 MN-signal


No-connection A30

*) OV and UV are as above figure.

(iii) Zero-phase voltage: In the use of ZPD (ZPD-2 type)

From the source voltage F-MPC60B (UM4B)


Y1
T ZPD-2 A28 ZPD
E Transformer A29 V0
Y2
Circuit tester Corresponding
or buzzer selective output

No-connection A27 MN-signal


No-connection A30

*) OV and UV are as above figure.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-23


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

Support documentation 1.
Test method in the use of ZPD
1. Test method in the use of ZPD: Type ZPD-1
1.1 Specification for type ZPD-1
3-M10 depth: 17mm Package and shipment in wired condition

Electrode cap

Max. 300mm Max. 300mm

Table 1.1
Type ZPD-1
Structure The post insulator type of the epoxy resin for the indoor
Rated voltage 7.2kV
Electrostatic capacity 250PF×3
Insulation class No.6A, 22kVAC/1minutes
Bending withstanding load 360kgf
Mass 3.6kg (three-piece)

1.2 Attention in the test


1) Frequency of test power supply
It should be within ±3Hz of rated frequency, and the waveform distortion rate should be within ±5%.

2) Input method of the zero-phase voltage: V0


(a) The action of Vo consists like Table1.2(a), when Vo is input by the consolidation of the three-phase of the
high-voltage side of ZPD-1. Do generally it for the 5% setting.
Table 1.2(a) Type: ZPD-1
Setting value of V0 Operation value
kt
2.5% 95V±25% K
k
F-MPC60B
A25 B29
5% 190V±25% ZCT l Trip 100VAC
A26 B30
7.5% 285V±25% A28
L
10% 381V±25% lt A29
12.5% 476V±25% E D
DGR tester
100% of the setting value of V0 E D Io Vo
= 6600 / √3 = 3810(V) The three-phase consolidation

Check the "open" of circuit breaker of main


circuit and safety before wiring.
T Y1
Y2

ZPD-1 EA

F-MPC60B terminal A-25 is connected to "k" of zero-phase current transformer ZCT, and terminal A-26 is connected
to "l" of the ZCT. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in "K" and "l".
F-MPC60B terminal A-28 is connected to "Y1" of the zero-phase potential input device (type ZPD-1), and terminal
A-29 is connected to "Y2" of type ZPD-1. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in "Y1" and "Y2". It is
recommended that the Y2 terminal is grounded (ED).

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-24


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

(b) The action of Vo consists like Table1.2(b), when Vo is input to the test terminal T of ZPD-1. The voltage becomes
3 times in case of table1.2(a). Do generally it for the 5% setting. Do not apply the voltage of over 1500V.

Table 1.2(b) Type: ZPD-1


Setting value of V0 Operation value
kt
2.5% 285V±25% K
k
F-MPC60B
A25 B29
5% 570V±25% ZCT l Trip 100VAC
A26 B30
7.5% 855V±25% A28
L
10% 1143V±25% lt A29
ED DGR tester

ED Io Vo
Check the "open" of circuit breaker of main The three-phase consolidation
circuit and safety before wiring.

T Y1
Y2

ZPD-1 EA

Testing terminal for Vo

F-MPC60B terminal A-25 is connected to "k" of zero-phase current transformer ZCT, and terminal A-26 is connected
to "l" of the ZCT. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in "K" and "l".
F-MPC60B terminal A-28 is connected to "Y1" of the zero-phase potential input device (type ZPD-1), and terminal
A-29 is connected to "Y2" of type ZPD-1. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in "Y1" and "Y2". It is
recommended that the Y2 terminal is grounded (ED).

3) On the tester for DGR and the V0 polarity


"V0 output terminal" makes the polarity being invert, because the recent tester for DGR beforehand considered of
"-V0". Therefore, there is no necessity of inverting the polarity in the case of the test.
However, the reversed polarity must be chosen, because "-V0" is not considered in the phase adjustment vessel, etc.
which has not made "the DGR test" to be main purpose.

4) Wiring in the withstand voltage test


Apply the test voltage in the condition that "secondary line of zero-phase current transformer ZCT" and "Y1 and Y2
of the Zero-phase potential input device (type ZPD-1)" are wired in the digital multiple function relay F-MPC60B.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-25


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

2. Test method in the use of ZPD: Type ZPD-2


2.1 Specification for type ZPD-2
Table 2.1
Type ZPD-2
Structure The post insulator type of the epoxy resin for the indoor
Rated voltage 6.6kV
Electrostatic capacity 250PF×3
Insulation class No.6A, 22kVAC/1minutes
Bending withstanding load 360kgf
Mass 2.4kg (Insulator division is three-piece: 1.83kg,
Transformer box: 0.5kg)

2.2 Attention in the test


1) Frequency of test power supply
It should be within ±3Hz of rated frequency which is set by the setting code No.02, and the waveform distortion rate
should be within ±5%.

2) Input method of the zero-phase voltage: V0


(a) The action of Vo consists like Table2.2, when Vo is input by the consolidation of the three-phase of the
high-voltage side of ZPD-1. Do generally it for the 5% setting.
(b) The action of Vo consists like Table2.2, when Vo is input to the test terminal T of ZPD-1. Do generally it for the
5% setting. Do not apply the voltage of over 1500V between T and E.

Table2.2 Operation value in primary rated voltage 6600V


Setting value of V0 Operation value
2.5% 95V±25% K kt F-MPC60B
k
5% 190V±25% A25 B29
ZCT Trip 100VAC
7.5% 285V±25% A26 B30
l A28
10% 381V±25% L
lt A29
12.5% 476V±25%
100% of the setting value of V0 ED DGR tester
= 6600 / √3 = 3810(V) ED I0 V0

The three-phase consolidation

(a)

(b)
T

N
Y1
ZPD-2 Insulator E Y2
E

EA ZPD-2 Transformer box T: Testing terminal for V0

Check the "open" of circuit breaker of main circuit and safety before wiring.

F-MPC60B terminal A-25 is connected to "k" of zero-phase current transformer ZCT, and terminal A-26 is connected
to "l" of the ZCT. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in "K" and "l".
F-MPC60B terminal A-28 is connected to "Y1" of transformer box of the zero-phase potential input device (type
ZPD-1), and terminal A-29 is connected to "Y2" of type ZPD-1. Connect correctly because there is the polarity in
"Y1" and "Y2". It is recommended that the Y2 terminal is grounded (ED).

3) On the tester for DGR and the V0 polarity


"V0 output terminal" makes the polarity being invert, because the recent tester for DGR beforehand considered of
"-V0". Therefore, there is no necessity of inverting the polarity in the case of the test.
However, the reversed polarity must be chosen, because "-V0" is not considered in the phase adjustment vessel, etc.
which has not made "the DGR test" to be main purpose.

4) Wiring in the withstand voltage test


Apply the test voltage in the condition that "secondary line of zero-phase current transformer ZCT" and "Y1 and Y2
of the Zero-phase potential input device (type ZPD-2)" are wired in the digital multiple function relay F-MPC60B.

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-26


F-MPC60B Appendix table4. Relay unit test

Support documentation 2.
Simulation of electric power and single-phase load in the 3-phase 3-wire star connection
Vrt

Figure1. Example of test circuit Figure2.


Vector of the current and voltage
K A13 (Iak) Ia
Testing device L 30°
(Power supply circuit) A14 (Ial)
A A21 (Ick)
Va
A22 (Icl)

F-MPC60B
Vca Vab
A9 (A)
Ia
B Ic
A10 (B)
A11 (C)
C Ib
Vc Vb
Vbc
F-MPC60B operates the 3-phase 3-wire circuit by the 2-wattmeter method. The feeder unit (type
UM42C-E5□) is also possible on electric power measurement of the single-phase circuit.
Next, the case in which the single-phase power is tested by the three-phase generator is explained.
Electric power P in 3-phase 3-wire star connection is shown in the following equation.
P = Ia∙Va + Ib∙Vb + Ic∙Vc
= Ia∙Va - (Ia+Ic)∙Vb + Ic∙Vc ("Ib=-Ia-Ic" from "Ia+Ib+Ixt=0")
= Ia∙(Va - Vs) + Ic∙(Vc - Vb)
= Ia∙Vab + Ic∙Vcb ----------- Equation (1) "3-phase 3-wire circuit by the 2-wattmeter method"
"Ic" is equal to "-Ia" (Ic=-Ia), when the single-phase is simulated and "It" which shifted 180°-phase from "Ia"
is inputted.
Therefore, equation (1) becomes next.
P = Ia∙Vab + Ic∙Vcb
= Ia∙Vab - Ia・Vcb
= Ia∙(Vab - Vcb)
= Ia∙Vac "Single-phase power" (Vac = -Vca)
"Ia" is led 30° from "Vac" about phase of "Ia" and "Vac", as shown in figure2, when "Va" and "Ia" are
coordinate phase.
In this case, power factor cos30° = 0.86, Va and Is are coordinate phase in this test, it is shifted 30° from
Vac, therefore it is judged that the display of 0.86 is right.
In the time of which the voltage is the 3-phase star connection, for simulating the single phase load of 1.0
power factor will be chosen as following.
The current "Ia" which lagged 30° behind from phase-voltage "Va" must be inputted, because voltage "Vac"
and current "Ia" must be coordinate phase.
The single-phase power must input "Vab and Ir" in coordinate phase in order to make power factor to be
1.0, because it becomes "Vrt∙Ir".

Period

F-MPC60B Appendix table4-27


F-MPC60B Appendix table5. RS485 communication data

Appendix table 5
RS485 communication data
Next F-MPC60B series includes RS485 communication function as standard equipment.
Type: UM4□□□-E□A
Refer to FEH866(RS485 communication manual) for details. Manual FEH866 is posted in the technical
information of our homepage.
*) Only basic information is described in manual FEH866. Refer to Fin7595101 for details about application.

Apx table5(1) Basic edition (1/2)


(Communication data that can be handled by using the basic command)
UM43 UM42
Communication data Note Receiving Rece Feed Bus
OCG DG iving er
Under test 0: Normal

Locking the setting 1: Lock
Remote/Local status 0: Local
Condition status ---
52a 1: ON ○ ○ ○ ○
(ASCII 6-digits: Bit data)
Equipment failure ○
OCA (Pre-alarm for over-current)
---
OCG error (50G·51G·OCG)
A-phase current
B-phase current
C-phase current
Zero-phase current ○ ---
Effective power (±)
Positive direction (+) effective energy ○
Measurement data Demand effective power maximum value
(ASCII 6-digits: code 1-digit + AB-line voltage
○ ○
numerical value(BCD) 4-digits + BC-line voltage --- ○
Multiple factor 1-digit) CA-line voltage
Power factor (±) ○ ---
Zero-phase voltage --- --- ○
A-phase 5th-harmonic current
○ ---
A-phase 7th-harmonic current

AB-phase 5th-harmonic voltage
--- ○
AB-phase 7th-harmonic voltage
A-phase accident current
B-phase accident current
○ ---
C-phase accident current
Accident measurement data Zero-phase accident current
(ASCII 6-digits: code 1-digit + ○
59 AB-line accident voltage ○ ○
numerical value(BCD) 4-digits +
27 AB-line accident voltage
Multiple factor 1-digit)
27 BC-line accident voltage --- ○
27 CA-line accident voltage
Zero-phase accident voltage ---
Transmission element 1
Transmission element 2

Transmission element 3
Transmission element 4
Transmission element 5
Transmission element 6
External 43 1: Remote / 0: Local
Field/Center selection 1: Field / 0: Center
CB ON interlock
CB OFF interlock
Transmission element status CB ON/OFF interlock
○ ○ ○ ○
(ASCII 6-digits: Bit data) Test position
External trip 1
---
External trip 2
External trip 1-1
External trip 1-2
External trip 1-3
External trip 1-4
External trip 2-1
External trip 2-2
External trip 2-3
External trip 2-4

F-MPC60B Appendix table5-1


F-MPC60B Appendix table5. RS485 communication data

Apx table5(1) Basic edition (2/2)


(Communication data that can be handled by using the basic command)
UM43 UM42
Communication data Note Receiving Rece Feed Bus
OCG DG iving er
Trip
○ ○ ○
OCA (Pre-alarm for over-current)
OCG error (50G)
--- --- ---
OCG error (51G) ○
---
HOC error
DT error

OC error
DG error ---
○ ○
OV error
UV error ○
UV2 error --- ○
Accident status OVG error
---
(ASCII 6-digits: Bit data) VR 1: Voltage confirmation --- ---
Phase-unbalance voltage
Phase-unbalance current
Trip coil disconnect error
CB contact open jamming
CB contact close jamming
External trip 1 (batch) ○ ○ ○ ○ ---
External trip 2 (batch)
External alarm 1
External alarm 2
DGA(OCGA) error
DT2 error

Apx table5(2) Application (1/2)


(Communication data that can be handled by using the application command)
UM43 UM42
Communication data Note Receiving Rece Feed Bus
OCG DG iving er
52a 1: ON
52b 1: ON
Remote close 1: ON
Remote open 1: ON
---
External 43 1: ON
Operating status data
Field/Center 0: Center ○ ○ ○ ○
(ASCII 2-digits: Bit data)
CB ON interlock 1: ON
CB OFF interlock 1: ON
External switch for display switching 1: ON

External reset switch 1: ON
Test position 1: ON ---
Pre-alarm current value A-phase pre-alarm accident current value
(ASCII 6-digits: code 1-digit + B-phase pre-alarm accident current value
○ ○ ○ ○ ---
numerical value(BCD) 4-digits + C-phase pre-alarm accident current value
Multiple factor 1-digit) Zero-phase pre-alarm accident current value
Reactive power (±) ○ ---
Frequency
A-phase (AB) total-harmonic voltage
B-phase (BC) total-harmonic voltage
A-phase (AB) 3rd-harmonic voltage
B-phase (BC) 3rd-harmonic voltage --- ○
A-phase (AB) 5th-harmonic voltage
B-phase (BC) 5th-harmonic voltage
A-phase (AB) 7th-harmonic voltage
Measurement data B-phase (BC) 7th-harmonic voltage
(ASCII 6-digits: code 1-digit + A-phase total-harmonic current
○ ○ ○
numerical value(BCD) 4-digits + B-phase total-harmonic current
Multiple factor 1-digit) C-phase total-harmonic current
A-phase 3rd-harmonic current
B-phase 3rd-harmonic current
C-phase 3rd-harmonic current
○ ---
A-phase 5th-harmonic current
B-phase 5th-harmonic current
C-phase 5th-harmonic current
A-phase 7th-harmonic current
B-phase 7th-harmonic current
C-phase 7th-harmonic current

F-MPC60B Appendix table5-2


F-MPC60B Appendix table5. RS485 communication data

Apx table5(2) Application (2/2)


(Communication data that can be handled by using the application command)
UM43 UM42
Communication data Note Receiving Rece Feed Bus
OCG DG iving er
Total effective energy (+)
Measurement data
Effective energy (-)
(ASCII 6-digits: code 1-digit +
Total effective energy (-) ○ ○ ○ ○ ---
numerical value(BCD) 4-digits +
Lagging reactive energy
Multiple factor 1-digit)
Leading (-) reactive energy
Demand effective power
Demand value Demand A-phase current
○ ○ ○ ○ ---
(ASCII 6-digits) Demand B-phase current
Demand C-phase current
Demand effective power maximum value
Demand maximum value Demand A-phase current maximum value
○ ○ ○ ○ ---
(ASCII 6-digits) Demand B-phase current maximum value
Demand C-phase current maximum value
AB-line voltage instant minimum value
BC-line voltage instant minimum value --- ○
History data 1 ○
CA-line voltage instant minimum value ○ ○
(ASCII 6-digits) Zero-phase current maximum value ○ ---
Zero-phase voltage maximum value --- --- ○
Number of real breaking
Number of operations of HOC ○
○ ○ ○
Number of operations of OC
---
Number of operations of DG(OCG) ---
Number of operations of 50G
--- ---
Number of operations of 51G
Number of operations of UV ○
Number of operations of UV2 0000-9999 ○ ○ ---
Number of operations of OV (0000-9999 times) ○
Number of operations of VR --- ---
---
Number of operations of OVG
History data 2 Number of operations of OCA
(ASCII 6-digits) Number of operations of
phase-unbalance voltage
Number of operations of
phase-unbalance current
0000-9999
Number of operation switching ○ ○
(0000-9999×10times) ○ ○ ---
0000-9999
Operating time
(0000-9999×100h)
Number of operations of DT
Number of operations of 0000-9999
DGA(OCGA) (0000-9999times)
Number of operations of DT2

F-MPC60B Appendix table5-3


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Appendix figure 1
Protective characteristic of over-current relay
The characteristics of OC-relay are broadly classified into 4 protections on "(1)protection INST·50(setting
code10 and 11)", "(2)protection DT(setting code12-14)", "(3)protection DT2(setting code1c-1E)" and
"(4)protection OC·51(setting code15-18)".
"(4)Protection OC·51" has 5 inverse time characteristics curve (SI (standard inverse time characteristics), VI
(very inverse time characteristics), LT (long time inverse time characteristics), EI (extremely inverse time
characteristics), I2t characteristics).
By the combination of (1), (2), (3) and (4) carry out the protection coordination.

Outline of the protective characteristic of over-current relay


Item Operation current value Operation time
Protection 1-16tunes of CT secondary rated current (5A)
Fixed (40ms or less)
INST·50 (Step: 0.2times)
0.2-1times of CT secondary rated current (5A)
(Step: 0.1times) 0-5s
Protection 51DT
1-16times of CT secondary rated current (5A) (Step: 0.05s)
(Step: 0.2times)
Protection 20-240% of CT secondary rated current (5A) 0-10s
51DT2 (Step: 2%) (Step: 0.1s)
Selection from 5 characteristic curves.
Protection 20-240% of CT secondary rated current (5A)
Time magnification: 0.5-20times
OC·51 (Step: 2%) (Note)
(Step: 0.1times)
(Note) The operation time of protection "OC·51" is saturated at about 150ms. (Refer to appendix characteristic curves.)
The operation time is saturated at 20times(100A=2000%) of CT secondary rated current(5A=100%).
Example1: In the setting of 80%, operation current is 2500% (=2000(%) / 80(%)×100).
Example2: In the setting of 240%, operation current is 833% (=2000(%) / 240(%)×100).
Operation time: t

(4) Protection OC·51

(3) Protection 51DT2


(2) Protection 51DT

(1) Protection INST·50

Current: i

The protection in which the operation time is short operates in advance, because the operation time of
protection (1), (2), (3) and (4) is mutually independent
And it has the pre-alarm function (Protection OCA, Setting code 19-1b).

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-1


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Characteristic is set at the setting code "No.16".

Apx figure 1(1)


Characteristic curve of OC-relay (Standard inverse time (SI) characteristics)

Time magnification is set at the setting code "No.17".

(s)

100
Operation time

10

L=20.0
15.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
1 4.0
3.0
2.0

Lower limit
1.0
0.15 0.5
0.1

0.01
100 200 500 1000 2000(%)

Input current (100% = current of setting value)

Note: The step of operation setting (lever) is 0.1 times.


(Lower limit: 0.5, Upper limit: 20)
The part of lever in above characteristic is omitted. For example,
When CT primary rated current at the setting code No.00 is
200A and the current setting at the setting code No.15 is 120%,
0.14 L
t (L: Time magnification)
0.02
100% of input current is 240A.
I −1 10 200(A)×120%=240(A)

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-2


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Apx figure 1(2)


Characteristic curve of OC-relay (Very inverse time (VI) characteristics)

(s)

100
Operation time

10

L=20.0
1 15.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
0.15
0.5 1.0 2.0
0.1

0.01
100 200 500 1000 2000(%)

Input current (100% = current of setting value)

Note: The step of operation setting (lever) is 0.1 times.


(Lower limit: 0.5, Upper limit: 20)
The part of lever in above characteristic is omitted.

13.5 L
t (L: Time magnification)
I−1 10

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-3


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Apx figure 1(3)


Characteristic curve of OC-relay (Long inverse time (LT) characteristics)

(s)

1000
Operation time

100

L=20.0
10 15.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1
1.0

0.5

0.1
100 200 500 1000 2000(%)

Input current (100% = current of setting value)

Note: The step of operation setting (lever) is 0.1 times.


(Lower limit: 0.5, Upper limit: 20)
The part of lever in above characteristic is omitted.

120 L
t (L: Time magnification)
I−1 10

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-4


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Apx figure 1(4)


Characteristic curve of OC-relay (Extremely inverse time (EI) characteristics)

(s)

100
Operation time

10

L=20.0
15.0
10.0
9.0
0.15 8.0
0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0
0.1 4.0 6.0
100 200 500 1000 2000(%)

Input current (100% = current of setting value)

Note: The step of operation setting (lever) is 0.1 times.


(Lower limit: 0.5, Upper limit: 20)
The part of lever in above characteristic is omitted.

80 L
t 2
(L: Time magnification)
I −1 10

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-5


F-MPC60B Appendix figure1. Protective characteristic of over-current relay

Apx figure 1(5)


Characteristic curve of OC-relay (I2t characteristics)

(s)

1000
Operation time

100

10

L=20.0
15.0
10.0
9.0 8.0
7.0
1 6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0

1.0
0.15 0.5
0.1
100 200 500 1000 2000(%)

Input current (100% = current of setting value)

Note: The step of operation setting (lever) is 0.1 times.


(Lower limit: 0.5, Upper limit: 20)
The part of lever in above characteristic is omitted.

720 L
t (L: Time magnification)
I 2 10

F-MPC60B Appendix figure1-6


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Appendix figure 2
External connection diagrams
Operation place and propriety of the operation
Setting Operation or input signal
a. b. Field/Center selection c. Open priority (1) Main body panel (2) External input (3) Transmission signal
REMOTE/ (Note4 signal
LOCAL Close Open Close Open Close Open
(Note1
- Invalid ○ ○ × × × ×
Local (This selection is invalid) Valid ○ ○ × ○ × ○
"Field" is selected Invalid × × ○ ○ × ×
(Note2 Valid × ○ ○ ○ × ○
"Center" is selected Invalid × × × × ○ ○
Remote (Note2 Valid × ○ × ○ ○ ○
No setting Invalid × × ○ ○ ○ ○
(Note3 Valid × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
*Note. The mark "o" in table shows operable, and the mark "x" in table shows inoperable.
*Note. Priority is given to the "Open" signal, when "Close" signal and "Open" signal turned on simultaneously.
(Refer to section 5.5 of user’s manual.)

On the setting
a. "Local" or "Remote" is selected as the operation place.
"Local" is "Close-switch" and "Open-switch" on the main body panel.
"Remote" is "Field" and "Center".
b. "Field" or "Center" is selected when the operation place is "Remote".
The image of "Center" is an electric room with personal computer. "Close signal and Open signal" is input
into F-MPC60B by the communication.
The image of "Field" is a control panel. "Close signal and Open signal" is input into F-MPC60B by the
digital signal.
c. Valid or Invalid of "Open priority" is selected.
When "Open priority" is valid, all of "Open" operation is valid regardless of the setting of operation place.

Note 1. Set to "L" or "R" by switch on main body panel.


Note 2. It is the case in which "Field/Center selection (No.13)" is set at selective input1-8 of F-MPC60B (5-12 of
terminal block B).
"Field" is selected when the selective input which is set is ON.
"Center" is selected when the selective input which is set is OFF.
Note 3. It is the case in which "Field/Center selection (No.13)" isn't set at selective input1-8 of F-MPC60B (5-12
of terminal block B).
Signal of both "Field" and "Center" is valid.
Note 4. "Open priority" is set by the setting code No.65.

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-1


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 01 (The circuit diagram is as a reference.)


"Close and Open" operation is performed from the outside, when "Remote" is selected at "Remote/Local" switch
on the panel of F-MPC60B (UM4 type).

The case in which "Open" is set at selective input 1 and "Close" is set at
selective input 2 is shown.
(1) Setting code of selective input 1 (terminals number 5) is "70", and the
setting value of "Open" is "10".
F-MPC60B (UM4 type) (2) Setting code of selective input 2 (terminals number 6) is "71", and the
setting value is "11".
Refers to 5.1 and 5.2 sections.

Emergency
stop Lock for P-power supply
Open Close

26 30 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 Selective input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 ON OFF TRIP

27 28 29 4 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Alarm
Trip-lock
Selective output

CC TC
Inside of CB

Connection diagram
F-MPC60B (UM4 type)

Local Remote

Open Close
Communication

Open Close Open Close

Note1: It becomes the parallel operation of


communication and outside, when "Remote" is
selected in case of the T link communication.
Note2: It is possible by connecting the selection switch
in "the field-center", when it is surely made to be
the one place operation.
Outside (Refer to application example 03.)
28 27

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-2


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 02 (The circuit diagram is as a reference.)


"Remote/Local" switch on panel of F-MPC60B is made invalid. Operation place (43D "Remote/Local") is
selected by external input (Remote), "Close/Open" operation is performed.
The case in which "Open" is set at selective input 1, "Close" is set at selective input 2 and
"External 43D (Operation place selection)" is set at selective input 3 is shown.
(1) Setting code of selective input 1 (terminals number 5) is "70", and the setting value of
"Open" is "10".
F-MPC60B (UM4 type) (2) Setting code of selective input 2 (terminals number 6) is "71", and the setting value is "11".
(3) Setting code of selective input 3 is "72", and the setting value is "12".
Refers to 5.1 and 5.2 sections.

ON at remote (43D)
Emergency Lock for P-power supply (It is determined as "Local" if it becomes OFF
stop Open Close after the setting.)

26 30 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 Selective input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 ON OFF TRIP

27 28 29 4 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Alarm
Trip-lock
Selective output

CC TC
Inside of CB

Connection diagram

Local (43D) Remote

Close
Open
Communication

Open Close Open Close


Note1: It becomes the parallel operation of
communication and outside, when
"Remote" is selected in case of the T
link communication.
Note2: It is possible by connecting the
selection switch in "the field-center",
when it is surely made to be the one
place operation.
F-MPC60B Outside (Refer to application example 03.)
28 27 (UM4 type)

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-3


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 03 (The circuit diagram is as a reference.)


"Remote/Local" switch on panel of F-MPC60B is made invalid. Operation place (43D "Remote/Local") is
selected by external input (Remote), "Close/Open" operation is performed. In addition, operation place
switch (43C "Field/Center") is set, operation is made one way operation system of "Field (external input)" or
"communication data".
The case in which "Open" is set at selective input 1, "Close" is set at selective input 2, "External 43D (Operation place
selection)" is set at selective input 3 and "External 43C (operation place switch" is set at selective input 4 is shown.
(1) Setting code of selective input 1 (terminal number 5) is "70", and the setting value of "Open" is "10".
F-MPC60B (UM4 type) (2) Setting code of selective input 2 (terminal number 6) is "71", and the setting value is "11".
(3) Setting code of selective input 3 (terminal number 7) is "72", and the setting value is "12".
(4) Setting code of selective input 4 (terminal number 8) is "73", and the setting value is "13".
Refers to 5.1 and 5.2 sections.
P
ON at remote (43D)

Emergency Lock for P-power supply


stop Open Close ON at Field (43C)

26 30 25 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 Selective input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 ON OFF TRIP

27 28 29 4 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Alarm
Trip-lock
Selective output

CC TC
Inside of CB

Connection diagram

Local (43D) Remote

Center
Field
(43C)

Open Close
Communication

Open Close Open Close

(Note)
The signal of each switch is switched to other
side, when signal is turned off after the setting.
(Remote → Local) (Field → Center)
F-MPC60B Outside
(ON) (OFF) (ON) (OFF)
28 27 (UM4 type)

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-4


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 04: The case that Definite-time limit characteristic needs to be set at two steps.
Target: Combination of F-MPC60B "instant element (INST)" + external timer and "definite-time limit (DT)".

Characteristic

1.5sec Definite-time limit operation

Time
T+40msec Instantaneous operation + T

Magnification of the current


Setting
a) The instant operation contact setting (code No.11) is set to "011".
* 0 1 1
No trip
Output terminal position in operation (Terminal No.1)
With lockout (There is reset switch operation after operation.)
b) Setting of input terminal 1
Setting code No.70 is set as "17(external trip 1)".

Configuration (Connection)

F-MPC60B (UM4 type)


Output function "1" Input function "1" "2"
Terminal No. 16 25 5 6 4

*) Input function 2 (code No.71) is


set to "03", when it is notified to
the host system by transmission.
Timer
0-1sec T

N
P

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-5


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 05: The case that circuit breaker is tripped by external signal
Example: Application to large-capacity transformer

Configuration

CT

F-MPC60B (UM4 type)


PRT
TR

26, 63, 69 Ratio differential protection


87T

CT

Connection
F-MPC60B (UM4 type)
Selective input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Terminal No. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4

87T 26 63 69 (Non-voltage contact)

P
N

Setting (CB is tripped in operation)


Selective input1 [Setting code No.70] = 17 (Trip by external signal)

(Supplement)
According to reason of section 5.1 note1(Don't set the same function other than "Lock". Erratic operation
may occur.), each signal is parallel wiring at outside of F-MPC60B like an above figure.
*) No.19 or 20 is set as the selective input in case of the alarm.

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-6


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Application example 06 (Application to single-phase circuit)


The feeder unit is also possible on the application to the single-phase load by the setting.
The connection example of "the case in which VT is constituted three-phase" is shown in figure 1 to 3.
The connection example of "the case in which VT is constituted single-phase" is shown in figure 4 to 6.

(1) VT (PT) is configured three-phase.


Setting code of 03 is set to "3P", because VT is the three-phase input.
CT input is connected depending on the load.
3-phase nonequilibrium current error detection in setting code 80 is set to "0"(invalid), because two-phase is
unconnected. The transmission data is also same.

Figure 1. Load between AB-phase


A B C
VT
u A9 F-MPC60B
v A10
w A11

k A13,15
l A-phase current
K A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
l
L A18,20
k A21,23
l A22,24 C-phase current
Load

Figure 2. Load between BC-phase


A B C
VT u A9
v A10 F-MPC60B
w A11

k A13,15
l A-phase current
A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
l
A18,20
k A21,23
K
l C-phase current
A22,24
L

Load

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-7


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Figure 3. Load between CA-phase


A B C
VT u A9
F-MPC60B
v A10
w A11

k
A13,15
K l A-phase current
A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
L l
A18,20
k A21,23
l C-phase current
A22,24
Load

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-8


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

(2) VT (PT) is configured single-phase.


Setting code of 03 is set to "1P", because VT is the single-phase input.
VT input is connected to AB-phase, and CT input is connected to A-phase.
3-phase nonequilibrium current error detection in setting code 80 is set to "0"(invalid), because B-phase and C-phase
are unconnected. The display of current value of unconnected-phase is "0". The transmission data is also same.

Application example is as follows.


Measurement display content
Figure 4 The current of A-phase of the main circuit is sampled, and it is displayed in F-MPC main
(Application example1) body as an A-phase.
The voltage between AB-phase of the main circuit is displayed in the F-MPC main body
as voltage between AB-phase.
Figure 5 The current of B-phase of the main circuit is sampled, but it is displayed in F-MPC main
(Application example2) body as an A-phase.
The voltage between BC-phase of the main circuit is displayed in the F-MPC main body
as voltage between AB-phase.
<Attention is paid to the main circuit phase and the F-MPC display phase.>
Figure 6 The current of A-phase of the main circuit is sampled, and it is displayed in F-MPC main
(Application example3) body as an A-phase.
The voltage between CA-phase of the main circuit is displayed in the F-MPC main body
as voltage between AB-phase.
<Attention is paid to the main circuit phase and the F-MPC display phase.>

Reference
1) The frequency measurement samples "voltage Vab between ab" which is the VT input of F-MPC60B.
2) By sampling "voltage Vab", "the 24 hours automatic inspection" carries out it.
3) The electric power measurement or the electric energy is calculated using the next.
The A-phase electric power is Vab and Ia.
The C-phase electric power is Vbc and Ic.
4) The display of the current and voltage of F-MPC60B shows "each phase current and each phase voltage" which is
input to the terminal of the F-MPC main body.

Figure 4. Load between AB-phase (Application example 1)


A B C

VT
u A9 F-MPC60B
v A10
w A11

k A13,15
K l A-phase current
A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
L l
A18,20
k A21,23
l C-phase current
A22,24
Load

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-9


F-MPC60B Appendix figure2. External connection diagrams

Figure 5. Load between BC-phase (Application example 2)


A B C
VT u A9 F-MPC60B
v A10
w A11

k A13,15
K l A-phase current
A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
L l
A18,20
k A21,23
l C-phase current
A22,24
Load

Figure 6. Load between CA-phase (Application example 3)


A B C

VT u A9
F-MPC60B
v A10
w A11

k A13,15
K l A-phase current
A14,16
k A17,19 B-phase current
L l
A18,20
k A21,23
l C-phase current
A22,24
Load

F-MPC60B Appendix figure2-10


F-MPC60B Appendix figure3. Characteristics of DG relay and open-phase relay

Appendix figure 3
Characteristics of DG relay and open-phase relay
1. Characteristics of DG relay (Phase characteristic)

Maximum sensitivity angle: Lead 45°


125°±12.5°
90°
Error of operation phase: α = 12.5° 45°
Maximum sensitivity Error of operation phase
phase angle
Lead 30° Lead 110°±α, Lag 50°±α
Operation region
Lead 45° Lead 125°±α, Lag 35°±α

Lead 60° Lead 140°±α, Lag 20°±α


180° 0°

Non-operation region
-35±12.5°
-135°
-90°

2. Characteristics of open-phase relay

100
Operation region
Unbalanced rate (%)

80

(Error of operation region)

50

Non-operation region

0 0.4 20 (times)
N: Multiple of the setting current (operation current of protection 51)

Unbalanced rate is determined when over one of 3-phase current is over 0.4times of the setting current.
(Note) The guaranteed value of lower limit is 10% of the CT primary rated current, when 0.4times value of the setting
current is smaller than 10% of the CT primary rated current.

F-MPC60B Appendix figure3-1


F-MPC60B Appendix figure4. OC/OL selection operation, Characteristics in selecting OL, Protective sequence

Appendix figure 4
OC/OL selection operation, Characteristics in selecting OL, Protective sequence
1. OC/OL selection operation
51OC and 51DT is AND operation when OL is selected(The setting code No.C0 is "01").
(51DT isn't operated until operation of 51OC even if 51DT satisfies the trip condition.)

Example which is shown by sequence is as follows.


51DT timer
51DT operation
"51DT lock"
51DT operation
"OL selected"

51OC operation
51OC operation
"51OC lock"

2. Characteristics in selecting OL (Example)


Example in which OL is selected at OC/OL selection is shown.
(51OC: No trip, 51DT: with trip, 50: with trip)

It is applicable for protect of motor load, etc., because 51OC can be used as over-load alarm in
region which value is less than 51DT setting value.

F-MPC60B Appendix figure4-1


F-MPC60B Appendix figure4. OC/OL selection operation, Characteristics in selecting OL, Protective sequence

3. Protective sequence (Example)


The following example is that "Output1" is set to 5051DT, "Output2" is set to 51OC, "Output3" is set to
51DT2, "Output4" is set to DGDGA, "Output5" is set to open-phase and "Output6" is set to trip
auxiliary contact output.
Protective sequence
S Failure code display
R

50 operation
"50 lock"
"50 with trip" Output1
51DT timer S Widening 50·51DT
51DT operation operation
R
"51DT lock" 1sec

"51DT with trip" Output2


S Widening 51OC
" OL selected" R operation
1sec
51OC operation
"51OC lock"
Output3
"51OC with trip"
S Widening 51DT2
51DT2 timer R operation
51DT2 operatio 1sec
"51DT2 lock"
"51DT2 with trip" Output4
DG timer S DG·DGA
DG operation Widening
"DG lock" R operation
1sec
"DG with trip"
Output5
MN-signal
S Widening Open-phase
R operation
"DG selected" 1sec
DGA timer
DGA operation
"DGA lock"

Open-phase operation Trip CB


S Widening
output trip
"Open-phase lock" R
1sec
"Open-phase with trip"
Output6
Trip
Reset SW operation operation
Transmission reset operation

"External reset special: valid" Widening External reset


output
1sec
External reset input

"External reset output: valid"

F-MPC60B Appendix figure4-2


F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

FAQ: Frequently Asked Question


Q1 Teach the value of 1times in the setting code 10, when "protection 50(INST)" of "the receiving unit (type
UM42F)" is used. Teach the value of 100% in the setting code 15.

A1 1 times of the setting code 10 is 200A, when CT primary rated current in the setting code 00 is 200A.
100% of the setting code 15 is 200A.

Q2 The operation of the setting isn't possible, even if it is switched to the setting mode.
The setting value isn't blinked.
A2 The setting became lock status (prohibition).
Lock status is released by the following procedure. (Refer to section 4.3.)
Example1. Feeder unit: UM42C-E5A
(1) "Current (A-phase" is displayed.
(2) SET and RST are pressed simultaneously.
(3) When the display is "LON", the setting value isn't blinked even if SET is pressed.
SET and RST are pressed simultaneously.
(4) When the display is "LOFF", the status is lock release.

Table2-1
Unit Display item Operation
Except for bus unit Current: IA
SET and RST are pressed simultaneously.
Bus unit Voltage: VAB When the display is "LON", the status is lock.
When the display is "LOFF", the status is lock release.

Q3 The voltage of the three-phase three-wire system circuit is about 6600V and the current of about 1.1A is
flowing on each phase in the CT primary side, but the electric power display is 0kW and the current display
is 0A at the receiving unit (Type UM42F). CT is 400A/5A, and VT is 6600V/110V.
Teach the cause.
A3 Here, wiring and F-MPC60B are normal.
<Lower limit of current display>
In F-MPC60B, the current value under 0.8% of the CT primary rated current is displayed with 0A.
Therefore, the CT primary current under 3.2A is displayed with 0A, when the CT primary rated current is
400A. Here, the current display becomes 0A, because the primary current is 1.1A.
<Lower limit of electric power display>
In F-MPC60B, the electric power under 0.4% (conversion at secondary side) is displayed with 0kW.
Therefore, the electric energy under 18.2kW becomes a display of 0kW, when CT is 400A/5A, and VT is
6600V/110V. Here, the electric energy is "√3×6.6×1.1×1=12.5kW", thus the display of the electric power
becomes 0kW. (The power factor is 1.)

<Supplement>
The only electric power is displayed, when next (1) and (2) are established simultaneously. In this time, the
electric power value is also dded up.
(1) The current is 0.4% to 0.8% of CT primary rated current.
Here, 1.6A - 3.2A (= 400A×0.4%-0.8%)
(2) The electric power is over 0.4% of primary rated electric power
Here, over 18.2kW (= √3×6600×400×0.4%)

Q4 The pulse output is possible for "kWh". Is the pulse output possible for "kvarh"?
A4 The pulse output isn't possible for "kvarh". It can be output as a communication data.

F-MPC60B FAQ-1
F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

Q5 Is the pulsed output of "kWh" a contact output ?


A5 No, it isn't a contact output. It is the open collector output, and the terminal has the polarity.
Refer to terminal B-7 and 8 of section 2.6 "External wiring diagram for each model".

Q6 "F2" lit in the indicator of the feeder unit (type UM42C). Teach the cause.
A6 The MN-signal supplied from the receiving unit (or bus unit) to the feeder unit (type UM42C) is abnormal.
The wiring of the MN-signal wire is confirmed considering the next.
The MN-signal is a digital signal with the alternative function of the zero-phase voltage, and there is the
polarity. The M side is +, and the N side is 0V.
It is 12VDC generally. It becomes pulse signal, when the zero-phase voltage of "protection 67 (ground
directional relay)" exceeded operating voltage.
When between MN (terminal A-6 and terminal A-4) is measured by the circuit tester, if the voltage is "0V",
the MN signal wire may be disconnection, short-circuit, or non-connection.

Q7 Can operation value of the feeder unit (type UM42C) under use of protection of 51 be changed?
A7 It can be changed. Refer to section 4 "Operation and handling".
"Key SW" on the panel is switched to "SET mode" from "NORMAL mode".
In setting code of 15, the setting of the operating current value is changed.
Before: 120% (Operation value is 120A(=100A×120%) when CT primary rated current is 100A.)
After: 140% (Operation value is 140A(=100A×140%) when CT primary rated current is 100A.)
"Key SW" on the panel is returned from "SET mode" to "NORMAL mode".
<Note>
Change with caution the value, because when the setting value is changed to less value it may be tripped
depending on the setting value.

Q8 Teach the method in which display of number of operations (0-9999) of protection 50 and 51 is reset to 0.
A8 Refer to section 4.3 "Operation of reference/change of the setting value/history data", and it is performed.

Q9 How long is ON pulse duration necessary in the next case?


The feeder unit (type UM42C) is used as remote DI input by allocating the transmission element to input1
(terminal B-5) and transmitting the ON/OFF condition to electric room by communication.
A9 Over 40ms of pulse duration is necessary in the case of control power supply 100VDC (or 100VAC).
40ms or more

OFF ON OFF

Q10 CA-phase voltage differs from AB-phase and BC-phase voltage. Teach the cause.
A10 For example, the voltage measurement value of F-MPC60B will consist by the condition of connection as
following. It should be used by the normal phase.
Refer to the further note of Q10 for details.
Table10-1. Example of the voltage display
Condion of Voltage display value of F-MPC60B (V)
connection A-B phase B-C phase C-A phase
Normal phase 3521 3519 3516
Reversed phase 3521 3519 3278
Here, only the CA-phase voltage is
smaller than other phase.

F-MPC60B FAQ-2
F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

Further note of Q10

1. The voltage detection method of this unit (F-MPC60B)


BPF: Bandpass filter
(1) Voltage detection of this unit is performed by A/D
conversion as shown figure10-1. (AB voltage and A Vab
BC voltage are passed through current transformer of BPF
internal circuit and bandpass filter BPF, and it is
Vab↑
converted to digital from analog.)
AB voltage and BC voltage are input into the adder B Vbc A/D
circuit, and the CA voltage is being detected by doing BPF converter
A/D conversion of this output. Vbc↑
(2) This unit has been adjusted as it becomes voltage of
C Vca
regulation (display 110V in input 110V), when Adder
reference voltage including error of internal circuit circuit
CT and BPF and phase characteristics etc is input in
the correct wiring (normal phase). Figure10-1. Voltage detection circuit of the receiving unit

2. CA voltage reduction in the reversed phase connection


The voltage vector in the wiring of normal phase and reversed
Vca
phase is shown in figure10-2 and figure10-3.
The phase shifting in which input voltage Vab and Vbc occur
by internal circuit CT and BPF is defined as "α" and "β". In
this time, next phase difference occurs in input voltage Vab
and Vbc of internal A/D conversion circuit. Vab
In normal phase: θ = 120-α+β = 120-(α-β) α
In reversed phase: θ = 120-β+α = 120+(α-β) β Vuv
120 (A/D conversion input)
The value of Vca at figure10-2 and figure10-3 is obtained Vbc θ
from the following equation. (A/D conversion input)
Vbc
Vwu2 = Vab2+Vbc2-2Vab×Vbc×cos(180-θ)
2
= 2V (1+cosθ) (The case of "Vab = Vbc = V") Figure10-2. Voltage vector in normal phase wiring

Therefore, the voltage ratio "k" between normal phase and


reversed phase becomes a following equation.
Vca
k Vca : reversedphase
Vca : normalphase
1 cos 120
k Vbc
1 cos 120 (In this case: Δθ=α-β) Vbc
(A/D conversion input)
β
[Calculation example] α 120 Vuv
In case of Δθ=2° (T=92.6μsec, f=60Hz) (A/D conversion input)
θ
Voltage ratio: k=0.941
Therefore, in normal phase and Vca=3500V, Vab
In reversed phase: Vca = Vca×k = 3294V, Figure10-3. Voltage vector in reverse phase wiring
Vca of reversed phase is smaller than Vca in normal phase.

In case of Δθ=-2° (T=92.6μsec, f=60Hz)


Voltage ratio: k=1.062
Therefore, in normal phase and Vca=3500V,
In reversed phase: Vca = Vca×k = 3727V,
Vca of reversed phase is bigger than Vca in normal phase.

F-MPC60B FAQ-3
F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

Q11 Teach the method for obtaining the latest manual of F-MPC60B.
A11 Manual FH850 has been opened in our homepage "http://www.fujielectric.co.jp/fcs/jpn/", and reading,
printing and download are possible.
The member registration (no charge) is necessary in order to utilize information of "technical information".

Q12 Can F-MPC60B be applied to the single-phase circuit?


A12 The feeder unit (type UM42C) can be applied to the single-phase circuit.
Refer to application example 03 of appendix figure2 for details.

Q13 Is there the polarity in the disconnect monitor (terminal B-14 and B-15) of trip coil TC of the feeder unit
(type UM42C)?
A13 There is the polarity. Terminal B-14 is connected to "P side" of the control voltage, and terminal B-15 is
connected to "N side" of the control voltage.

Q14 Teach the difference between type ZPD-1 and type ZPD-2 of the zero-phase potential input device.
A14 Main difference between type ZPD-1 and type ZPD-2 is shown at table 14.

Table 14. Main difference between type ZPD-1 and typeZPD-2


Item Type: ZPD-1 Type: ZPD-2
Insulator outside Diameter Φ80 Φ61
dimension Height H115 H90
Height with terminal H138 H114
Height with cover H145 H122
Voltage transducer Built-in Independence at outside
Outside dimension of voltage transducer ----- Outside dimension
W110×D83×H79
Mass 3.6Kg 2.4Kg
3 insulators are contained to 1 set. Breakout
Insulator: 1.83Kg,
Voltage transducer: 0.5Kg
Test voltage: Between T-E 570V 190V
(Applied voltage in 5% of the setting value) (3times of V0 is applied) (V0 value is applied)

F-MPC60B FAQ-4
F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

Q15 External equipment wants to be driven by output 1-8 of the receiving unit. Is current 2A applicable for these
outputs?
A15 No, it isn't applicable. Switching current of internal relay of the receiving unit is 0.2A, and continuous
conducting current is 1A.

In figure15-1, output 1 can't drive the external equipment.


In figure15-2, output 1 operates exciting coil of relay X1 in which current 2A or more is applicable, and the
external equipment is driven at relay X1.
Figure15-1. Figure15-2.

Receiving unit (Type: UM42F-E5A) Receiving unit (Type: UM42F-E5A)

Output 1 Output 1
16 25 16 25

P P
External equipment X1
N N

External equipment
Relay X1

Q16 There is measurement value in which word of "demand" is attached in measurement value of the receiving
unit (UM42F-E5A). (For example "demand current", "demand electric power", etc.)
Explain the meaning of "demand".
A16 "Demand current" and "Demand electric power" means the average value of current and electric power.
However, it differs from demand time of each 30 minutes which is used for computing of electric power to
electric power company. It is started from "0A and 0kW" only if control power supply is turned on.
However, after this time, it isn't started from "0A and 0kW", and it becomes average value at that time.
<The setting value of demand time>
The setting value is selected from 0(minutes), 1(minutes), 5(minutes), 10(minutes), 15(minutes) and
30(minutes).
Display of demand current of the setting value "0" is instantaneous value, and the display follows to the
change of input current. However, the response of display is felt slow in case of other setting because it
is average value. Demand current is about 0A immediately after start-up of power supply, and it is about
78A after 15 minutes, and it is about 95A after 30 minutes, when input current is 100A constantly, and
the setting value of demand time is 30(minutes).

<Demand time>
Demand meter of thermomotive bimetal system etc is manufactured so that it operates and displays in long
time.
It doesn't respond to instant over-load and input variation. This operation and display conform to the
following basic formula.
I0 = I·(1-e-3t/t0) --- Formula16-1
(I0: Display of demand meter, I: Current instantaneous value(current measurement value), t0: Average setting time)
Table16-1.
t/t0 0 0.5 1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
I0 0 0.777 0.950 0.970 0.997 0.9994 0.9999
When constant input is continuously, the value is calculated by above exponential function and displayed.
Demand time is time in which the value comes up to 95% display value of constant current.
Therefore, time of about 3times of the setting time is necessary for doing about 100% display of input.

F-MPC60B FAQ-5
F-MPC60B FAQ: Frequently Asked Question

Q17 Metal piece is connected between 13 and 15, 14 and 16, etc at terminal block A of the receiving unit (Type
UM42F-E5A) in factory default. Teach shapes of metal piece.
A17 Shapes of metal piece is shown for reference.

Q18 Can ZPD-1 and ZPD-2 are used for 3.3kV circuit?
A18 It is usable, however, the setting is changed.
(Display "%" of zero-phase voltage setting is different.)
In 6.6kV circuit, zero-phase voltage 5% is 190V(≈3810V×0.05), however in 3.3kV circuit, 190V
corresponds to 10% (1905×0.1).
Therefore, 2.5-40.0% of zero-phase voltage setting corresponds to the value of 5.0-80.0% if it is applied to
3.3kV circuit.

Period

F-MPC60B FAQ-6
Mitsui Sumitomo Bank Ningyo-cho Bldg., 5-7, Nihonbashi Odemma-cho, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 103-0011, Japan
Tel. +81-3-5847-8000
URL: http://www.fujielectric.com/

Information in this manual is subjected to change without notice. 2010-11

You might also like